USR 1 - Remote Codes

Transcription

USR 1 - Remote Codes
USR 1
Universal
Remote Control
OWNER’S MANUAL
Introduction
Installing the Batteries
Programming the Remote
Harman Kardon’s USR 1 is a full-featured, eightdevice remote control that is specially designed
as a replacement for the remote controls used
with most Harman Kardon components manufactured since 1995, along with some products
produced before 1995. In addition to the codes
used for operating Harman Kardon products, the
USR 1 may be programmed with the commands
for most contemporary home entertainment
products, either from the extensive built-in code
library, or via a simple “learning” technique,
regardless of brand. To further extend the
flexibility of the USR 1, it may also be “taught”
the codes for most infrared remote controls even
when they are not in the built-in library. Discrete
controls are available for operating the transport
functions of CD, DVD and tape machines, and
users may create up to five macro command sets
for automating frequently repeated actions.
To install the batteries, first remove the cover
on the back side of the remote by placing your
thumb on the round indented area on the
battery compartment cover. Gently push down
and then up away from the remote. The cover
will slide off.
The USR 1 is shipped from the factory already
programmed to operate most current-model
Harman Kardon AV receivers, processors, CD
and DVD players, CD-R/RW decks and cassette
decks. However, for older Harman Kardon
products, or if you find that the preset codes
do not properly operate your Harman Kardon
products, or if you wish to use the remote with
products made by manufacturers other than
Harman Kardon, you may use a variety of
methods to program in the code information
from the USR 1’s built-in IR code library or to
directly program the codes from another remote.
NOTE: Although every effort has been
made to include all features and
functions available on the original
remotes, in some instances not all
functions will be available. In cases
where you still have the original,
working remote, you may attempt to
program individual button codes into
the USR 1 using the method described
later in this manual.
Place the three AAA batteries in the
compartment as shown in the diagram below,
being certain to observe the “+” and “–”
polarity indications on the batteries and in
the bottom of the compartment.
To replace the cover, place it in the grooved
edges of the compartment side. Then, gently
slide the cover down towards you until you
hear and feel the latch click as indication of
a secure closure.
When the remote will not be used for a
significant length of time (over a few weeks)
it is always a good idea to remove the batteries
to prevent the possibility of damage to the
remote due to corrosion or leakage.
When replacing batteries, always replace all
three at the same time and observe any local
regulations that may apply in your area with
regard to the proper disposal of used batteries.
We recommend the use of high-quality alkaline
batteries in the USR 1.
Before starting the programming process, please
note that throughout these instructions you will
see mention of the “Program LED”. This refers
to the three-color LED that is at the very top of
the remote between the ON and OFF buttons.
Depending on the specific programming
operation underway, this LED may light or flash
in green, red or amber. During normal operation
it will not light.
Direct Code Entry
This method is the easiest way to program your
remote to work with different products.
1. Use the tables in the following pages to
determine the three-digit code or codes that
match both the product type (e.g., VCR, TV),
and the specific brand name. If there is more
than one number for a brand, make note of
the different choices.
2. Turn on the product you wish to program
into the USR 1.
3. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the product you wish to control (e.g.,
VCR, TV) and the Mute button at the same
time. When the Program LED turns amber
and begins flashing, release the buttons.
It is important that you begin the next step
within 20 seconds.
4. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and enter the first three-digit
code number using the Numeric Key
Programming the Remote
buttons. If the unit turns off, the correct
code has been entered. Press the Device
Selector again, and note that the red light
will flash three times before going dark to
confirm the entry.
5. If the device to be programmed in does NOT
turn off, continue to enter three-digit code
numbers until the equipment turns off.
At this point, the correct code has been
entered. Press the Device Selector again
and note that the red light under the
Device Selector will flash three times
before going dark to confirm the entry.
6. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates
properly. Keep in mind that many
manufacturers use a number of different
combinations of codes, so it is a good idea
to make certain that not only the Power
control, but the Volume, Channel and
Transport controls work as they should. If
functions do not work properly, you may
need to use a different remote code, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
7. If a code cannot be entered to turn the
unit off, if the code for your product does
not appear in the tables in this manual,
or if not all functions operate properly, try
programming the remote with the Auto
Search Method.
For Harman Kardon products, consult the
Harman Kardon Products code table to locate
your model. Program the code on the far left
after pressing the Device Selector shown in
the column in which the code is found. For
example, if you wish to program an AVR 85,
you will need to press the AVR Device
Selector and then program code 002 into the
USR 1 following the instructions shown. The
additional codes listed to the right will
automatically be programmed into the CD,
DVD and Tape Device selectors, respectively.
You may reprogram those device selectors
to operate other products.
Although every effort has been made to
program the USR 1 with all of the functions
of the original Harman Kardon remotes, some
functions may not be available, although
individual buttons can be programmed if
you have the original working remote.
Auto Search Method
If the unit you wish to program into the USR 1
is not listed in the code tables in this manual or
if the code does not seem to operate properly,
you may wish to program the correct code using
the Auto Search method that follows:
1. Turn on the product that you wish to
program into the USR 1.
2. Press the Device Selector for the type of
product to be entered (e.g., VCR, TV) and the
Mute button at the same time. Hold both
buttons until the red light under the Device
Selector stays lit. Note that the next step
must take place while the red light is on, and
it must begin within 20 seconds after the
light appears.
3. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and press either the ⁄ or ¤
button. Each press will send out a series of
codes from the remote’s built-in database.
When the unit being programmed turns off,
release the ⁄ /¤ button, as that is your indication that the correct code is in use.
4. Press the Device Selector, and note that
the red light under the Device Selector will
flash three times before going dark to confirm the entry.
Programming the Remote
controls, as appropriate. If all functions
do not work properly, you may need to
Auto-Search for a different code, or enter
a code via the Direct Code Entry method, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
Code Readout
When the code has been entered using the Auto
Search method, it is always a good idea to find
out the exact code so that it may be easily reentered if necessary. You may also read the codes
to verify which device has been programmed to
a specific Control Selector button.
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the device you wish to find the code
for and the Mute button at the same time.
Note that the Program LED will initially
turn amber. Release the buttons and begin
the next step within 20 seconds.
2. Press the Set button. The Program LED
will then blink green in a sequence that
corresponds to the three-digit code, with a
one-second pause between each digit. Count
the number of blinks between each pause to
determine the digit of the code. One blink is
the number 1, two blinks is the number 2, and
so forth. A series of three rapid flashes is used
to indicate a “0.”
Example: One blink, followed by a one-second
pause, followed by six blinks, followed by a
one-second pause, followed by three fast flashes
indicates that the code has been set to 160.
For future reference, enter the Setup Codes for
the equipment in your system here:
5. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates.
Keep in mind that many manufacturers use
a number of different combinations of codes,
and it is a good idea to make certain that
not only the Power control works, but also
that the Volume, Channel and Transport
AVR/AUDIO ______ DVD ______________
6 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
7 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
Learning Codes
In addition to using codes from its internal code
library, the USR 1 is able to “learn”codes from
remotes that may not be in the code library. You
may also use this function to “learn over” the
codes from a preprogrammed device to add
functions not included in the preprogrammed
codes. To learn or transfer codes from an IR
remote to the USR 1, follow these steps:
NOTE: Not all buttons on the USR 1 may be
taught codes from another remote. Only the
following buttons may be programmed for a
remote code: Power On, Power Off, Mute,
Channel +, Channel –, T/V, Volume Up, Volume
Down, CH./Guide, Menu/Spkr, ‹, ›, ⁄ , ¤, Set,
Digital/Exit, Delay/Prev. Ch., the 0 to 9 “Numeric
Keys”, Play, Stop, FF, REW, Record, Pause, Skip
Down, Skip Up.
1. Place the front of the original remote with
the code being sent so that it is facing
the USR 1’s IR Transmitter Window
“head-to-head.” The two remotes should
be between one and three inches apart.
2. Select the button on the remote that you
wish to use as the device selector for the
codes about to be entered. This may be any
of the Device Selectors.
3. Press the Device Selector button chosen
and the Learn button at the same time.
Hold these buttons until the Program LED
flashes amber and the light under the
Device Selector button turns red. Release
the buttons.
4. Press the button on the USR 1 that you wish
to program. Note that the Program LED
will stop flashing.
CD ______________ VID1/VCR __________
Programming the Remote
5. Within five seconds, press and hold the
button on the original remote that you
wish to “teach” into the USR 1. When
the Program LED turns green three times,
release the button. Note that the Program
LED will then begin to flash amber again.
NOTE: If the Program LED turns red
during Step 5 or 6, the programming was
not successful. Repeat the steps to see whether
the code will “take.”
6. Repeat Steps 4 though 6 for each button on
the source remote that you wish to transfer
to the USR 1.
7. Once all codes have been transferred from
the original source remote to the USR 1,
press the Learn button.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for any additional
remotes you wish to “teach” into the
USR 1.
NOTE: Each programmable key may be
programmed with a separate function for each
of the eight devices the USR 1 is capable of
controlling. Note, also, that once a key is
programmed for a specific function, any code
previously stored for that specific button/device
combination will be erased.
Erasing Learned Codes
The USR 1 allows you to remove or erase the
code learned into a single button for a single
device, to remove or erase the code set for all the
codes that have been programmed into specific
device buttons, or to erase all commands that
have been learned to all devices.
To erase a single learned code from within a
single device’s settings, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
within which the individual button to be
erased has been programmed and the
Learn button.
VID2/TV__________ VID3/CBL/SAT______
VID4 ____________ TAPE______________
Programming the Remote
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device within which the individual
button to be erased has been programmed.
3. Press and release the same Device Selector
again.
4. Press the 9 button three times.
4. Press the 7 button three times.
5. Press and release the individual button for
which the code is to be erased. The Program
LED will blink green two times and then
return to amber.
6. To erase other buttons within the same
device, press them as noted in Step 5.
7. When all buttons to be erased have been
pressed, press the Learn button to complete
the process.
To erase all codes within a single device, follow
these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector for
which you wish to erase the codes and the
Learn button.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device whose code you wish to erase.
4. Press the 8 button three times.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased.
To erase all codes that have been programmed to
all devices in the remote, follow these steps:
1. Simultaneously press any Device Selector
and the Learn button.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased and the USR 1 has returned to
its factory default codes. Macro commands
and “Punch-Through” programming will
remain active, but may not have the effect
you originally intended.
NOTE: While entering commands for Power
On/Off of any device during a macro sequence,
press the Mute button. DO NOT press the actual
Power button.
Erasing Macro Commands
To remove the commands that have been
programmed into one of the Macro buttons,
follow these steps:
3. When all the steps have been entered,
press the Sleep button to enter the
commands. The red light under the Device
Selectors will blink and then turn off.
1. Simultaneously press the Mute button
and the Macro button that contains the
commands you wish to erase.
Example: To program the Macro 1 button so
that it turns on an AVR, a TV and a cable box,
follow these steps:
1. Press the Macro 1 and Mute buttons at the
same time and then release them.
Macros enable you to easily repeat frequently
used combinations of commands with the
press of a single button on the USR 1. Once
programmed, a macro will send out up to 19
different remote codes in a predetermined
sequential order, enabling you to automate the
process of turning on your system, changing
devices, changing to a favorite channel with one
button press, or other common tasks. The USR 1
can store up to five separate macro command
sequences: one that is associated with the
Power On button, and four more that are
accessed by pressing the Macro buttons.
1. Press the Mute button and the Macro
button to be programmed or the Power On
button at the same time. Note that a
Device Selector will light red, and the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Enter the steps for the macro sequence by
pressing the button for the actual command
step. Although the macro may contain up to
19 steps, each button press, including those
used to change devices, counts as a step.
The Program LED will flash green to
confirm each button press as you enter
commands.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash
amber, and the LED under the AVR
Selector will turn red.
3. Within ten seconds, press the Surround
Mode Selector/Channel Down button.
3. Press the AVR Selector.
4. The red LED under the AVR Selector
will go out, and the Program LED will
turn green and flash three times before
it goes out.
4. Press the Mute button to store the AVR’s
power on command.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
Macro has been erased.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash amber.
Macro Programming
Operating Products With the USR 1
5. Press the VID 2 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “TV Power
On.”
Once the USR 1 has been programmed with the
codes for the desired products, it operates in the
same manner as traditional remotes.
To change between devices, simply press one of
the Device Selector buttons at the top of the
remote. When one of these buttons is pressed, a
red LED underneath the button will momentarily
flash to confirm your device selection. The red
LED will also light when any button programmed
for a function associated with that device is
pressed. If the red LED for a device does NOT
light when a function button is pressed, it is
your indication that the button does not work in
conjunction with the device. For example, when
the AVR Device Selector has been pressed to
operate an audio/video receiver, the red light
under the AVR button will go on when the
Volume Up button is pressed. However, it will
not normally light when the Stop button is
pressed as this is not an AVR function. How
the USR 1 responds to specific commands is
greatly dependent on the device in use and
the way in which the specific buttons have
been programmed.
For use with Harman Kardon products, consult
the owner’s manual that came with the product
to find the functions for specific buttons. If you
do not have the manual for a Harman Kardon
product, you may be able to download it at
no charge from Harman Kardon’s Web site,
www.harmankardon.com.
6. Press the Mute button to store the TV Power
On command.
7. Press the VID 3 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “Cable
Power On.”
When operating a device other than a
Harman Kardon product, the controls may not
correspond exactly to the functions printed on
the remote or button. Some commands, such as
the volume control, work normally while other
buttons will change their function so that they
correspond to a secondary label on the remote.
For example, the Sleep and Surround
mode selector buttons also function as the
Channel Up and Channel Down buttons
when operating most TV sets, VCRs or cable
boxes. The Channel Up/Down indication is
printed directly on the remote. For many
standard CD players, cassette decks, VCRs
8. Press the Mute button to store the Cable
Power On command.
9. Press the Sleep/Channel Up button
to complete the process and store the macro
sequence.
After following these steps, each time you press
the Macro 1 button, the remote will send the
Power On/Off command.
®
Power for the Digital Revolution.™
2 INTRODUCTION
3 INSTALLING THE BATTERIES
4 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
5 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
8 LEARNING CODES
9 LEARNING CODES
10 LEARNING CODES
11 MACRO PROGRAMMING
12 MACRO PROGRAMMING
13 MACRO PROGRAMMING
14 OPERATING PRODUCTS
USR 1
Universal
Remote Control
OWNER’S MANUAL
Introduction
Installing the Batteries
Programming the Remote
Harman Kardon’s USR 1 is a full-featured, eightdevice remote control that is specially designed
as a replacement for the remote controls used
with most Harman Kardon components manufactured since 1995, along with some products
produced before 1995. In addition to the codes
used for operating Harman Kardon products, the
USR 1 may be programmed with the commands
for most contemporary home entertainment
products, either from the extensive built-in code
library, or via a simple “learning” technique,
regardless of brand. To further extend the
flexibility of the USR 1, it may also be “taught”
the codes for most infrared remote controls even
when they are not in the built-in library. Discrete
controls are available for operating the transport
functions of CD, DVD and tape machines, and
users may create up to five macro command sets
for automating frequently repeated actions.
To install the batteries, first remove the cover
on the back side of the remote by placing your
thumb on the round indented area on the
battery compartment cover. Gently push down
and then up away from the remote. The cover
will slide off.
The USR 1 is shipped from the factory already
programmed to operate most current-model
Harman Kardon AV receivers, processors, CD
and DVD players, CD-R/RW decks and cassette
decks. However, for older Harman Kardon
products, or if you find that the preset codes
do not properly operate your Harman Kardon
products, or if you wish to use the remote with
products made by manufacturers other than
Harman Kardon, you may use a variety of
methods to program in the code information
from the USR 1’s built-in IR code library or to
directly program the codes from another remote.
NOTE: Although every effort has been
made to include all features and
functions available on the original
remotes, in some instances not all
functions will be available. In cases
where you still have the original,
working remote, you may attempt to
program individual button codes into
the USR 1 using the method described
later in this manual.
Place the three AAA batteries in the
compartment as shown in the diagram below,
being certain to observe the “+” and “–”
polarity indications on the batteries and in
the bottom of the compartment.
To replace the cover, place it in the grooved
edges of the compartment side. Then, gently
slide the cover down towards you until you
hear and feel the latch click as indication of
a secure closure.
When the remote will not be used for a
significant length of time (over a few weeks)
it is always a good idea to remove the batteries
to prevent the possibility of damage to the
remote due to corrosion or leakage.
When replacing batteries, always replace all
three at the same time and observe any local
regulations that may apply in your area with
regard to the proper disposal of used batteries.
We recommend the use of high-quality alkaline
batteries in the USR 1.
Before starting the programming process, please
note that throughout these instructions you will
see mention of the “Program LED”. This refers
to the three-color LED that is at the very top of
the remote between the ON and OFF buttons.
Depending on the specific programming
operation underway, this LED may light or flash
in green, red or amber. During normal operation
it will not light.
Direct Code Entry
This method is the easiest way to program your
remote to work with different products.
1. Use the tables in the following pages to
determine the three-digit code or codes that
match both the product type (e.g., VCR, TV),
and the specific brand name. If there is more
than one number for a brand, make note of
the different choices.
2. Turn on the product you wish to program
into the USR 1.
3. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the product you wish to control (e.g.,
VCR, TV) and the Mute button at the same
time. When the Program LED turns amber
and begins flashing, release the buttons.
It is important that you begin the next step
within 20 seconds.
4. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and enter the first three-digit
code number using the Numeric Key
Programming the Remote
buttons. If the unit turns off, the correct
code has been entered. Press the Device
Selector again, and note that the red light
will flash three times before going dark to
confirm the entry.
5. If the device to be programmed in does NOT
turn off, continue to enter three-digit code
numbers until the equipment turns off.
At this point, the correct code has been
entered. Press the Device Selector again
and note that the red light under the
Device Selector will flash three times
before going dark to confirm the entry.
6. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates
properly. Keep in mind that many
manufacturers use a number of different
combinations of codes, so it is a good idea
to make certain that not only the Power
control, but the Volume, Channel and
Transport controls work as they should. If
functions do not work properly, you may
need to use a different remote code, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
7. If a code cannot be entered to turn the
unit off, if the code for your product does
not appear in the tables in this manual,
or if not all functions operate properly, try
programming the remote with the Auto
Search Method.
For Harman Kardon products, consult the
Harman Kardon Products code table to locate
your model. Program the code on the far left
after pressing the Device Selector shown in
the column in which the code is found. For
example, if you wish to program an AVR 85,
you will need to press the AVR Device
Selector and then program code 002 into the
USR 1 following the instructions shown. The
additional codes listed to the right will
automatically be programmed into the CD,
DVD and Tape Device selectors, respectively.
You may reprogram those device selectors
to operate other products.
Although every effort has been made to
program the USR 1 with all of the functions
of the original Harman Kardon remotes, some
functions may not be available, although
individual buttons can be programmed if
you have the original working remote.
Auto Search Method
If the unit you wish to program into the USR 1
is not listed in the code tables in this manual or
if the code does not seem to operate properly,
you may wish to program the correct code using
the Auto Search method that follows:
1. Turn on the product that you wish to
program into the USR 1.
2. Press the Device Selector for the type of
product to be entered (e.g., VCR, TV) and the
Mute button at the same time. Hold both
buttons until the red light under the Device
Selector stays lit. Note that the next step
must take place while the red light is on, and
it must begin within 20 seconds after the
light appears.
3. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and press either the ⁄ or ¤
button. Each press will send out a series of
codes from the remote’s built-in database.
When the unit being programmed turns off,
release the ⁄ /¤ button, as that is your indication that the correct code is in use.
4. Press the Device Selector, and note that
the red light under the Device Selector will
flash three times before going dark to confirm the entry.
Programming the Remote
controls, as appropriate. If all functions
do not work properly, you may need to
Auto-Search for a different code, or enter
a code via the Direct Code Entry method, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
Code Readout
When the code has been entered using the Auto
Search method, it is always a good idea to find
out the exact code so that it may be easily reentered if necessary. You may also read the codes
to verify which device has been programmed to
a specific Control Selector button.
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the device you wish to find the code
for and the Mute button at the same time.
Note that the Program LED will initially
turn amber. Release the buttons and begin
the next step within 20 seconds.
2. Press the Set button. The Program LED
will then blink green in a sequence that
corresponds to the three-digit code, with a
one-second pause between each digit. Count
the number of blinks between each pause to
determine the digit of the code. One blink is
the number 1, two blinks is the number 2, and
so forth. A series of three rapid flashes is used
to indicate a “0.”
Example: One blink, followed by a one-second
pause, followed by six blinks, followed by a
one-second pause, followed by three fast flashes
indicates that the code has been set to 160.
For future reference, enter the Setup Codes for
the equipment in your system here:
5. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates.
Keep in mind that many manufacturers use
a number of different combinations of codes,
and it is a good idea to make certain that
not only the Power control works, but also
that the Volume, Channel and Transport
AVR/AUDIO ______ DVD ______________
6 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
7 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
Learning Codes
In addition to using codes from its internal code
library, the USR 1 is able to “learn”codes from
remotes that may not be in the code library. You
may also use this function to “learn over” the
codes from a preprogrammed device to add
functions not included in the preprogrammed
codes. To learn or transfer codes from an IR
remote to the USR 1, follow these steps:
NOTE: Not all buttons on the USR 1 may be
taught codes from another remote. Only the
following buttons may be programmed for a
remote code: Power On, Power Off, Mute,
Channel +, Channel –, T/V, Volume Up, Volume
Down, CH./Guide, Menu/Spkr, ‹, ›, ⁄ , ¤, Set,
Digital/Exit, Delay/Prev. Ch., the 0 to 9 “Numeric
Keys”, Play, Stop, FF, REW, Record, Pause, Skip
Down, Skip Up.
1. Place the front of the original remote with
the code being sent so that it is facing
the USR 1’s IR Transmitter Window
“head-to-head.” The two remotes should
be between one and three inches apart.
2. Select the button on the remote that you
wish to use as the device selector for the
codes about to be entered. This may be any
of the Device Selectors.
3. Press the Device Selector button chosen
and the Learn button at the same time.
Hold these buttons until the Program LED
flashes amber and the light under the
Device Selector button turns red. Release
the buttons.
4. Press the button on the USR 1 that you wish
to program. Note that the Program LED
will stop flashing.
CD ______________ VID1/VCR __________
Programming the Remote
5. Within five seconds, press and hold the
button on the original remote that you
wish to “teach” into the USR 1. When
the Program LED turns green three times,
release the button. Note that the Program
LED will then begin to flash amber again.
NOTE: If the Program LED turns red
during Step 5 or 6, the programming was
not successful. Repeat the steps to see whether
the code will “take.”
6. Repeat Steps 4 though 6 for each button on
the source remote that you wish to transfer
to the USR 1.
7. Once all codes have been transferred from
the original source remote to the USR 1,
press the Learn button.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for any additional
remotes you wish to “teach” into the
USR 1.
NOTE: Each programmable key may be
programmed with a separate function for each
of the eight devices the USR 1 is capable of
controlling. Note, also, that once a key is
programmed for a specific function, any code
previously stored for that specific button/device
combination will be erased.
Erasing Learned Codes
The USR 1 allows you to remove or erase the
code learned into a single button for a single
device, to remove or erase the code set for all the
codes that have been programmed into specific
device buttons, or to erase all commands that
have been learned to all devices.
To erase a single learned code from within a
single device’s settings, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
within which the individual button to be
erased has been programmed and the
Learn button.
VID2/TV__________ VID3/CBL/SAT______
VID4 ____________ TAPE______________
Programming the Remote
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device within which the individual
button to be erased has been programmed.
3. Press and release the same Device Selector
again.
4. Press the 9 button three times.
4. Press the 7 button three times.
5. Press and release the individual button for
which the code is to be erased. The Program
LED will blink green two times and then
return to amber.
6. To erase other buttons within the same
device, press them as noted in Step 5.
7. When all buttons to be erased have been
pressed, press the Learn button to complete
the process.
To erase all codes within a single device, follow
these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector for
which you wish to erase the codes and the
Learn button.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device whose code you wish to erase.
4. Press the 8 button three times.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased.
To erase all codes that have been programmed to
all devices in the remote, follow these steps:
1. Simultaneously press any Device Selector
and the Learn button.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased and the USR 1 has returned to
its factory default codes. Macro commands
and “Punch-Through” programming will
remain active, but may not have the effect
you originally intended.
NOTE: While entering commands for Power
On/Off of any device during a macro sequence,
press the Mute button. DO NOT press the actual
Power button.
Erasing Macro Commands
To remove the commands that have been
programmed into one of the Macro buttons,
follow these steps:
3. When all the steps have been entered,
press the Sleep button to enter the
commands. The red light under the Device
Selectors will blink and then turn off.
1. Simultaneously press the Mute button
and the Macro button that contains the
commands you wish to erase.
Example: To program the Macro 1 button so
that it turns on an AVR, a TV and a cable box,
follow these steps:
1. Press the Macro 1 and Mute buttons at the
same time and then release them.
Macros enable you to easily repeat frequently
used combinations of commands with the
press of a single button on the USR 1. Once
programmed, a macro will send out up to 19
different remote codes in a predetermined
sequential order, enabling you to automate the
process of turning on your system, changing
devices, changing to a favorite channel with one
button press, or other common tasks. The USR 1
can store up to five separate macro command
sequences: one that is associated with the
Power On button, and four more that are
accessed by pressing the Macro buttons.
1. Press the Mute button and the Macro
button to be programmed or the Power On
button at the same time. Note that a
Device Selector will light red, and the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Enter the steps for the macro sequence by
pressing the button for the actual command
step. Although the macro may contain up to
19 steps, each button press, including those
used to change devices, counts as a step.
The Program LED will flash green to
confirm each button press as you enter
commands.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash
amber, and the LED under the AVR
Selector will turn red.
3. Within ten seconds, press the Surround
Mode Selector/Channel Down button.
3. Press the AVR Selector.
4. The red LED under the AVR Selector
will go out, and the Program LED will
turn green and flash three times before
it goes out.
4. Press the Mute button to store the AVR’s
power on command.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
Macro has been erased.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash amber.
Macro Programming
Operating Products With the USR 1
5. Press the VID 2 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “TV Power
On.”
Once the USR 1 has been programmed with the
codes for the desired products, it operates in the
same manner as traditional remotes.
To change between devices, simply press one of
the Device Selector buttons at the top of the
remote. When one of these buttons is pressed, a
red LED underneath the button will momentarily
flash to confirm your device selection. The red
LED will also light when any button programmed
for a function associated with that device is
pressed. If the red LED for a device does NOT
light when a function button is pressed, it is
your indication that the button does not work in
conjunction with the device. For example, when
the AVR Device Selector has been pressed to
operate an audio/video receiver, the red light
under the AVR button will go on when the
Volume Up button is pressed. However, it will
not normally light when the Stop button is
pressed as this is not an AVR function. How
the USR 1 responds to specific commands is
greatly dependent on the device in use and
the way in which the specific buttons have
been programmed.
For use with Harman Kardon products, consult
the owner’s manual that came with the product
to find the functions for specific buttons. If you
do not have the manual for a Harman Kardon
product, you may be able to download it at
no charge from Harman Kardon’s Web site,
www.harmankardon.com.
6. Press the Mute button to store the TV Power
On command.
7. Press the VID 3 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “Cable
Power On.”
When operating a device other than a
Harman Kardon product, the controls may not
correspond exactly to the functions printed on
the remote or button. Some commands, such as
the volume control, work normally while other
buttons will change their function so that they
correspond to a secondary label on the remote.
For example, the Sleep and Surround
mode selector buttons also function as the
Channel Up and Channel Down buttons
when operating most TV sets, VCRs or cable
boxes. The Channel Up/Down indication is
printed directly on the remote. For many
standard CD players, cassette decks, VCRs
8. Press the Mute button to store the Cable
Power On command.
9. Press the Sleep/Channel Up button
to complete the process and store the macro
sequence.
After following these steps, each time you press
the Macro 1 button, the remote will send the
Power On/Off command.
®
Power for the Digital Revolution.™
2 INTRODUCTION
3 INSTALLING THE BATTERIES
4 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
5 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
8 LEARNING CODES
9 LEARNING CODES
10 LEARNING CODES
11 MACRO PROGRAMMING
12 MACRO PROGRAMMING
13 MACRO PROGRAMMING
14 OPERATING PRODUCTS
USR 1
Universal
Remote Control
OWNER’S MANUAL
Introduction
Installing the Batteries
Programming the Remote
Harman Kardon’s USR 1 is a full-featured, eightdevice remote control that is specially designed
as a replacement for the remote controls used
with most Harman Kardon components manufactured since 1995, along with some products
produced before 1995. In addition to the codes
used for operating Harman Kardon products, the
USR 1 may be programmed with the commands
for most contemporary home entertainment
products, either from the extensive built-in code
library, or via a simple “learning” technique,
regardless of brand. To further extend the
flexibility of the USR 1, it may also be “taught”
the codes for most infrared remote controls even
when they are not in the built-in library. Discrete
controls are available for operating the transport
functions of CD, DVD and tape machines, and
users may create up to five macro command sets
for automating frequently repeated actions.
To install the batteries, first remove the cover
on the back side of the remote by placing your
thumb on the round indented area on the
battery compartment cover. Gently push down
and then up away from the remote. The cover
will slide off.
The USR 1 is shipped from the factory already
programmed to operate most current-model
Harman Kardon AV receivers, processors, CD
and DVD players, CD-R/RW decks and cassette
decks. However, for older Harman Kardon
products, or if you find that the preset codes
do not properly operate your Harman Kardon
products, or if you wish to use the remote with
products made by manufacturers other than
Harman Kardon, you may use a variety of
methods to program in the code information
from the USR 1’s built-in IR code library or to
directly program the codes from another remote.
NOTE: Although every effort has been
made to include all features and
functions available on the original
remotes, in some instances not all
functions will be available. In cases
where you still have the original,
working remote, you may attempt to
program individual button codes into
the USR 1 using the method described
later in this manual.
Place the three AAA batteries in the
compartment as shown in the diagram below,
being certain to observe the “+” and “–”
polarity indications on the batteries and in
the bottom of the compartment.
To replace the cover, place it in the grooved
edges of the compartment side. Then, gently
slide the cover down towards you until you
hear and feel the latch click as indication of
a secure closure.
When the remote will not be used for a
significant length of time (over a few weeks)
it is always a good idea to remove the batteries
to prevent the possibility of damage to the
remote due to corrosion or leakage.
When replacing batteries, always replace all
three at the same time and observe any local
regulations that may apply in your area with
regard to the proper disposal of used batteries.
We recommend the use of high-quality alkaline
batteries in the USR 1.
Before starting the programming process, please
note that throughout these instructions you will
see mention of the “Program LED”. This refers
to the three-color LED that is at the very top of
the remote between the ON and OFF buttons.
Depending on the specific programming
operation underway, this LED may light or flash
in green, red or amber. During normal operation
it will not light.
Direct Code Entry
This method is the easiest way to program your
remote to work with different products.
1. Use the tables in the following pages to
determine the three-digit code or codes that
match both the product type (e.g., VCR, TV),
and the specific brand name. If there is more
than one number for a brand, make note of
the different choices.
2. Turn on the product you wish to program
into the USR 1.
3. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the product you wish to control (e.g.,
VCR, TV) and the Mute button at the same
time. When the Program LED turns amber
and begins flashing, release the buttons.
It is important that you begin the next step
within 20 seconds.
4. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and enter the first three-digit
code number using the Numeric Key
Programming the Remote
buttons. If the unit turns off, the correct
code has been entered. Press the Device
Selector again, and note that the red light
will flash three times before going dark to
confirm the entry.
5. If the device to be programmed in does NOT
turn off, continue to enter three-digit code
numbers until the equipment turns off.
At this point, the correct code has been
entered. Press the Device Selector again
and note that the red light under the
Device Selector will flash three times
before going dark to confirm the entry.
6. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates
properly. Keep in mind that many
manufacturers use a number of different
combinations of codes, so it is a good idea
to make certain that not only the Power
control, but the Volume, Channel and
Transport controls work as they should. If
functions do not work properly, you may
need to use a different remote code, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
7. If a code cannot be entered to turn the
unit off, if the code for your product does
not appear in the tables in this manual,
or if not all functions operate properly, try
programming the remote with the Auto
Search Method.
For Harman Kardon products, consult the
Harman Kardon Products code table to locate
your model. Program the code on the far left
after pressing the Device Selector shown in
the column in which the code is found. For
example, if you wish to program an AVR 85,
you will need to press the AVR Device
Selector and then program code 002 into the
USR 1 following the instructions shown. The
additional codes listed to the right will
automatically be programmed into the CD,
DVD and Tape Device selectors, respectively.
You may reprogram those device selectors
to operate other products.
Although every effort has been made to
program the USR 1 with all of the functions
of the original Harman Kardon remotes, some
functions may not be available, although
individual buttons can be programmed if
you have the original working remote.
Auto Search Method
If the unit you wish to program into the USR 1
is not listed in the code tables in this manual or
if the code does not seem to operate properly,
you may wish to program the correct code using
the Auto Search method that follows:
1. Turn on the product that you wish to
program into the USR 1.
2. Press the Device Selector for the type of
product to be entered (e.g., VCR, TV) and the
Mute button at the same time. Hold both
buttons until the red light under the Device
Selector stays lit. Note that the next step
must take place while the red light is on, and
it must begin within 20 seconds after the
light appears.
3. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and press either the ⁄ or ¤
button. Each press will send out a series of
codes from the remote’s built-in database.
When the unit being programmed turns off,
release the ⁄ /¤ button, as that is your indication that the correct code is in use.
4. Press the Device Selector, and note that
the red light under the Device Selector will
flash three times before going dark to confirm the entry.
Programming the Remote
controls, as appropriate. If all functions
do not work properly, you may need to
Auto-Search for a different code, or enter
a code via the Direct Code Entry method, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
Code Readout
When the code has been entered using the Auto
Search method, it is always a good idea to find
out the exact code so that it may be easily reentered if necessary. You may also read the codes
to verify which device has been programmed to
a specific Control Selector button.
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the device you wish to find the code
for and the Mute button at the same time.
Note that the Program LED will initially
turn amber. Release the buttons and begin
the next step within 20 seconds.
2. Press the Set button. The Program LED
will then blink green in a sequence that
corresponds to the three-digit code, with a
one-second pause between each digit. Count
the number of blinks between each pause to
determine the digit of the code. One blink is
the number 1, two blinks is the number 2, and
so forth. A series of three rapid flashes is used
to indicate a “0.”
Example: One blink, followed by a one-second
pause, followed by six blinks, followed by a
one-second pause, followed by three fast flashes
indicates that the code has been set to 160.
For future reference, enter the Setup Codes for
the equipment in your system here:
5. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates.
Keep in mind that many manufacturers use
a number of different combinations of codes,
and it is a good idea to make certain that
not only the Power control works, but also
that the Volume, Channel and Transport
AVR/AUDIO ______ DVD ______________
6 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
7 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
Learning Codes
In addition to using codes from its internal code
library, the USR 1 is able to “learn”codes from
remotes that may not be in the code library. You
may also use this function to “learn over” the
codes from a preprogrammed device to add
functions not included in the preprogrammed
codes. To learn or transfer codes from an IR
remote to the USR 1, follow these steps:
NOTE: Not all buttons on the USR 1 may be
taught codes from another remote. Only the
following buttons may be programmed for a
remote code: Power On, Power Off, Mute,
Channel +, Channel –, T/V, Volume Up, Volume
Down, CH./Guide, Menu/Spkr, ‹, ›, ⁄ , ¤, Set,
Digital/Exit, Delay/Prev. Ch., the 0 to 9 “Numeric
Keys”, Play, Stop, FF, REW, Record, Pause, Skip
Down, Skip Up.
1. Place the front of the original remote with
the code being sent so that it is facing
the USR 1’s IR Transmitter Window
“head-to-head.” The two remotes should
be between one and three inches apart.
2. Select the button on the remote that you
wish to use as the device selector for the
codes about to be entered. This may be any
of the Device Selectors.
3. Press the Device Selector button chosen
and the Learn button at the same time.
Hold these buttons until the Program LED
flashes amber and the light under the
Device Selector button turns red. Release
the buttons.
4. Press the button on the USR 1 that you wish
to program. Note that the Program LED
will stop flashing.
CD ______________ VID1/VCR __________
Programming the Remote
5. Within five seconds, press and hold the
button on the original remote that you
wish to “teach” into the USR 1. When
the Program LED turns green three times,
release the button. Note that the Program
LED will then begin to flash amber again.
NOTE: If the Program LED turns red
during Step 5 or 6, the programming was
not successful. Repeat the steps to see whether
the code will “take.”
6. Repeat Steps 4 though 6 for each button on
the source remote that you wish to transfer
to the USR 1.
7. Once all codes have been transferred from
the original source remote to the USR 1,
press the Learn button.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for any additional
remotes you wish to “teach” into the
USR 1.
NOTE: Each programmable key may be
programmed with a separate function for each
of the eight devices the USR 1 is capable of
controlling. Note, also, that once a key is
programmed for a specific function, any code
previously stored for that specific button/device
combination will be erased.
Erasing Learned Codes
The USR 1 allows you to remove or erase the
code learned into a single button for a single
device, to remove or erase the code set for all the
codes that have been programmed into specific
device buttons, or to erase all commands that
have been learned to all devices.
To erase a single learned code from within a
single device’s settings, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
within which the individual button to be
erased has been programmed and the
Learn button.
VID2/TV__________ VID3/CBL/SAT______
VID4 ____________ TAPE______________
Programming the Remote
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device within which the individual
button to be erased has been programmed.
3. Press and release the same Device Selector
again.
4. Press the 9 button three times.
4. Press the 7 button three times.
5. Press and release the individual button for
which the code is to be erased. The Program
LED will blink green two times and then
return to amber.
6. To erase other buttons within the same
device, press them as noted in Step 5.
7. When all buttons to be erased have been
pressed, press the Learn button to complete
the process.
To erase all codes within a single device, follow
these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector for
which you wish to erase the codes and the
Learn button.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device whose code you wish to erase.
4. Press the 8 button three times.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased.
To erase all codes that have been programmed to
all devices in the remote, follow these steps:
1. Simultaneously press any Device Selector
and the Learn button.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased and the USR 1 has returned to
its factory default codes. Macro commands
and “Punch-Through” programming will
remain active, but may not have the effect
you originally intended.
NOTE: While entering commands for Power
On/Off of any device during a macro sequence,
press the Mute button. DO NOT press the actual
Power button.
Erasing Macro Commands
To remove the commands that have been
programmed into one of the Macro buttons,
follow these steps:
3. When all the steps have been entered,
press the Sleep button to enter the
commands. The red light under the Device
Selectors will blink and then turn off.
1. Simultaneously press the Mute button
and the Macro button that contains the
commands you wish to erase.
Example: To program the Macro 1 button so
that it turns on an AVR, a TV and a cable box,
follow these steps:
1. Press the Macro 1 and Mute buttons at the
same time and then release them.
Macros enable you to easily repeat frequently
used combinations of commands with the
press of a single button on the USR 1. Once
programmed, a macro will send out up to 19
different remote codes in a predetermined
sequential order, enabling you to automate the
process of turning on your system, changing
devices, changing to a favorite channel with one
button press, or other common tasks. The USR 1
can store up to five separate macro command
sequences: one that is associated with the
Power On button, and four more that are
accessed by pressing the Macro buttons.
1. Press the Mute button and the Macro
button to be programmed or the Power On
button at the same time. Note that a
Device Selector will light red, and the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Enter the steps for the macro sequence by
pressing the button for the actual command
step. Although the macro may contain up to
19 steps, each button press, including those
used to change devices, counts as a step.
The Program LED will flash green to
confirm each button press as you enter
commands.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash
amber, and the LED under the AVR
Selector will turn red.
3. Within ten seconds, press the Surround
Mode Selector/Channel Down button.
3. Press the AVR Selector.
4. The red LED under the AVR Selector
will go out, and the Program LED will
turn green and flash three times before
it goes out.
4. Press the Mute button to store the AVR’s
power on command.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
Macro has been erased.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash amber.
Macro Programming
Operating Products With the USR 1
5. Press the VID 2 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “TV Power
On.”
Once the USR 1 has been programmed with the
codes for the desired products, it operates in the
same manner as traditional remotes.
To change between devices, simply press one of
the Device Selector buttons at the top of the
remote. When one of these buttons is pressed, a
red LED underneath the button will momentarily
flash to confirm your device selection. The red
LED will also light when any button programmed
for a function associated with that device is
pressed. If the red LED for a device does NOT
light when a function button is pressed, it is
your indication that the button does not work in
conjunction with the device. For example, when
the AVR Device Selector has been pressed to
operate an audio/video receiver, the red light
under the AVR button will go on when the
Volume Up button is pressed. However, it will
not normally light when the Stop button is
pressed as this is not an AVR function. How
the USR 1 responds to specific commands is
greatly dependent on the device in use and
the way in which the specific buttons have
been programmed.
For use with Harman Kardon products, consult
the owner’s manual that came with the product
to find the functions for specific buttons. If you
do not have the manual for a Harman Kardon
product, you may be able to download it at
no charge from Harman Kardon’s Web site,
www.harmankardon.com.
6. Press the Mute button to store the TV Power
On command.
7. Press the VID 3 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “Cable
Power On.”
When operating a device other than a
Harman Kardon product, the controls may not
correspond exactly to the functions printed on
the remote or button. Some commands, such as
the volume control, work normally while other
buttons will change their function so that they
correspond to a secondary label on the remote.
For example, the Sleep and Surround
mode selector buttons also function as the
Channel Up and Channel Down buttons
when operating most TV sets, VCRs or cable
boxes. The Channel Up/Down indication is
printed directly on the remote. For many
standard CD players, cassette decks, VCRs
8. Press the Mute button to store the Cable
Power On command.
9. Press the Sleep/Channel Up button
to complete the process and store the macro
sequence.
After following these steps, each time you press
the Macro 1 button, the remote will send the
Power On/Off command.
®
Power for the Digital Revolution.™
2 INTRODUCTION
3 INSTALLING THE BATTERIES
4 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
5 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
8 LEARNING CODES
9 LEARNING CODES
10 LEARNING CODES
11 MACRO PROGRAMMING
12 MACRO PROGRAMMING
13 MACRO PROGRAMMING
14 OPERATING PRODUCTS
USR 1
Universal
Remote Control
OWNER’S MANUAL
Introduction
Installing the Batteries
Programming the Remote
Harman Kardon’s USR 1 is a full-featured, eightdevice remote control that is specially designed
as a replacement for the remote controls used
with most Harman Kardon components manufactured since 1995, along with some products
produced before 1995. In addition to the codes
used for operating Harman Kardon products, the
USR 1 may be programmed with the commands
for most contemporary home entertainment
products, either from the extensive built-in code
library, or via a simple “learning” technique,
regardless of brand. To further extend the
flexibility of the USR 1, it may also be “taught”
the codes for most infrared remote controls even
when they are not in the built-in library. Discrete
controls are available for operating the transport
functions of CD, DVD and tape machines, and
users may create up to five macro command sets
for automating frequently repeated actions.
To install the batteries, first remove the cover
on the back side of the remote by placing your
thumb on the round indented area on the
battery compartment cover. Gently push down
and then up away from the remote. The cover
will slide off.
The USR 1 is shipped from the factory already
programmed to operate most current-model
Harman Kardon AV receivers, processors, CD
and DVD players, CD-R/RW decks and cassette
decks. However, for older Harman Kardon
products, or if you find that the preset codes
do not properly operate your Harman Kardon
products, or if you wish to use the remote with
products made by manufacturers other than
Harman Kardon, you may use a variety of
methods to program in the code information
from the USR 1’s built-in IR code library or to
directly program the codes from another remote.
NOTE: Although every effort has been
made to include all features and
functions available on the original
remotes, in some instances not all
functions will be available. In cases
where you still have the original,
working remote, you may attempt to
program individual button codes into
the USR 1 using the method described
later in this manual.
Place the three AAA batteries in the
compartment as shown in the diagram below,
being certain to observe the “+” and “–”
polarity indications on the batteries and in
the bottom of the compartment.
To replace the cover, place it in the grooved
edges of the compartment side. Then, gently
slide the cover down towards you until you
hear and feel the latch click as indication of
a secure closure.
When the remote will not be used for a
significant length of time (over a few weeks)
it is always a good idea to remove the batteries
to prevent the possibility of damage to the
remote due to corrosion or leakage.
When replacing batteries, always replace all
three at the same time and observe any local
regulations that may apply in your area with
regard to the proper disposal of used batteries.
We recommend the use of high-quality alkaline
batteries in the USR 1.
Before starting the programming process, please
note that throughout these instructions you will
see mention of the “Program LED”. This refers
to the three-color LED that is at the very top of
the remote between the ON and OFF buttons.
Depending on the specific programming
operation underway, this LED may light or flash
in green, red or amber. During normal operation
it will not light.
Direct Code Entry
This method is the easiest way to program your
remote to work with different products.
1. Use the tables in the following pages to
determine the three-digit code or codes that
match both the product type (e.g., VCR, TV),
and the specific brand name. If there is more
than one number for a brand, make note of
the different choices.
2. Turn on the product you wish to program
into the USR 1.
3. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the product you wish to control (e.g.,
VCR, TV) and the Mute button at the same
time. When the Program LED turns amber
and begins flashing, release the buttons.
It is important that you begin the next step
within 20 seconds.
4. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and enter the first three-digit
code number using the Numeric Key
Programming the Remote
buttons. If the unit turns off, the correct
code has been entered. Press the Device
Selector again, and note that the red light
will flash three times before going dark to
confirm the entry.
5. If the device to be programmed in does NOT
turn off, continue to enter three-digit code
numbers until the equipment turns off.
At this point, the correct code has been
entered. Press the Device Selector again
and note that the red light under the
Device Selector will flash three times
before going dark to confirm the entry.
6. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates
properly. Keep in mind that many
manufacturers use a number of different
combinations of codes, so it is a good idea
to make certain that not only the Power
control, but the Volume, Channel and
Transport controls work as they should. If
functions do not work properly, you may
need to use a different remote code, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
7. If a code cannot be entered to turn the
unit off, if the code for your product does
not appear in the tables in this manual,
or if not all functions operate properly, try
programming the remote with the Auto
Search Method.
For Harman Kardon products, consult the
Harman Kardon Products code table to locate
your model. Program the code on the far left
after pressing the Device Selector shown in
the column in which the code is found. For
example, if you wish to program an AVR 85,
you will need to press the AVR Device
Selector and then program code 002 into the
USR 1 following the instructions shown. The
additional codes listed to the right will
automatically be programmed into the CD,
DVD and Tape Device selectors, respectively.
You may reprogram those device selectors
to operate other products.
Although every effort has been made to
program the USR 1 with all of the functions
of the original Harman Kardon remotes, some
functions may not be available, although
individual buttons can be programmed if
you have the original working remote.
Auto Search Method
If the unit you wish to program into the USR 1
is not listed in the code tables in this manual or
if the code does not seem to operate properly,
you may wish to program the correct code using
the Auto Search method that follows:
1. Turn on the product that you wish to
program into the USR 1.
2. Press the Device Selector for the type of
product to be entered (e.g., VCR, TV) and the
Mute button at the same time. Hold both
buttons until the red light under the Device
Selector stays lit. Note that the next step
must take place while the red light is on, and
it must begin within 20 seconds after the
light appears.
3. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and press either the ⁄ or ¤
button. Each press will send out a series of
codes from the remote’s built-in database.
When the unit being programmed turns off,
release the ⁄ /¤ button, as that is your indication that the correct code is in use.
4. Press the Device Selector, and note that
the red light under the Device Selector will
flash three times before going dark to confirm the entry.
Programming the Remote
controls, as appropriate. If all functions
do not work properly, you may need to
Auto-Search for a different code, or enter
a code via the Direct Code Entry method, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
Code Readout
When the code has been entered using the Auto
Search method, it is always a good idea to find
out the exact code so that it may be easily reentered if necessary. You may also read the codes
to verify which device has been programmed to
a specific Control Selector button.
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the device you wish to find the code
for and the Mute button at the same time.
Note that the Program LED will initially
turn amber. Release the buttons and begin
the next step within 20 seconds.
2. Press the Set button. The Program LED
will then blink green in a sequence that
corresponds to the three-digit code, with a
one-second pause between each digit. Count
the number of blinks between each pause to
determine the digit of the code. One blink is
the number 1, two blinks is the number 2, and
so forth. A series of three rapid flashes is used
to indicate a “0.”
Example: One blink, followed by a one-second
pause, followed by six blinks, followed by a
one-second pause, followed by three fast flashes
indicates that the code has been set to 160.
For future reference, enter the Setup Codes for
the equipment in your system here:
5. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates.
Keep in mind that many manufacturers use
a number of different combinations of codes,
and it is a good idea to make certain that
not only the Power control works, but also
that the Volume, Channel and Transport
AVR/AUDIO ______ DVD ______________
6 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
7 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
Learning Codes
In addition to using codes from its internal code
library, the USR 1 is able to “learn”codes from
remotes that may not be in the code library. You
may also use this function to “learn over” the
codes from a preprogrammed device to add
functions not included in the preprogrammed
codes. To learn or transfer codes from an IR
remote to the USR 1, follow these steps:
NOTE: Not all buttons on the USR 1 may be
taught codes from another remote. Only the
following buttons may be programmed for a
remote code: Power On, Power Off, Mute,
Channel +, Channel –, T/V, Volume Up, Volume
Down, CH./Guide, Menu/Spkr, ‹, ›, ⁄ , ¤, Set,
Digital/Exit, Delay/Prev. Ch., the 0 to 9 “Numeric
Keys”, Play, Stop, FF, REW, Record, Pause, Skip
Down, Skip Up.
1. Place the front of the original remote with
the code being sent so that it is facing
the USR 1’s IR Transmitter Window
“head-to-head.” The two remotes should
be between one and three inches apart.
2. Select the button on the remote that you
wish to use as the device selector for the
codes about to be entered. This may be any
of the Device Selectors.
3. Press the Device Selector button chosen
and the Learn button at the same time.
Hold these buttons until the Program LED
flashes amber and the light under the
Device Selector button turns red. Release
the buttons.
4. Press the button on the USR 1 that you wish
to program. Note that the Program LED
will stop flashing.
CD ______________ VID1/VCR __________
Programming the Remote
5. Within five seconds, press and hold the
button on the original remote that you
wish to “teach” into the USR 1. When
the Program LED turns green three times,
release the button. Note that the Program
LED will then begin to flash amber again.
NOTE: If the Program LED turns red
during Step 5 or 6, the programming was
not successful. Repeat the steps to see whether
the code will “take.”
6. Repeat Steps 4 though 6 for each button on
the source remote that you wish to transfer
to the USR 1.
7. Once all codes have been transferred from
the original source remote to the USR 1,
press the Learn button.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for any additional
remotes you wish to “teach” into the
USR 1.
NOTE: Each programmable key may be
programmed with a separate function for each
of the eight devices the USR 1 is capable of
controlling. Note, also, that once a key is
programmed for a specific function, any code
previously stored for that specific button/device
combination will be erased.
Erasing Learned Codes
The USR 1 allows you to remove or erase the
code learned into a single button for a single
device, to remove or erase the code set for all the
codes that have been programmed into specific
device buttons, or to erase all commands that
have been learned to all devices.
To erase a single learned code from within a
single device’s settings, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
within which the individual button to be
erased has been programmed and the
Learn button.
VID2/TV__________ VID3/CBL/SAT______
VID4 ____________ TAPE______________
Programming the Remote
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device within which the individual
button to be erased has been programmed.
3. Press and release the same Device Selector
again.
4. Press the 9 button three times.
4. Press the 7 button three times.
5. Press and release the individual button for
which the code is to be erased. The Program
LED will blink green two times and then
return to amber.
6. To erase other buttons within the same
device, press them as noted in Step 5.
7. When all buttons to be erased have been
pressed, press the Learn button to complete
the process.
To erase all codes within a single device, follow
these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector for
which you wish to erase the codes and the
Learn button.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device whose code you wish to erase.
4. Press the 8 button three times.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased.
To erase all codes that have been programmed to
all devices in the remote, follow these steps:
1. Simultaneously press any Device Selector
and the Learn button.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased and the USR 1 has returned to
its factory default codes. Macro commands
and “Punch-Through” programming will
remain active, but may not have the effect
you originally intended.
NOTE: While entering commands for Power
On/Off of any device during a macro sequence,
press the Mute button. DO NOT press the actual
Power button.
Erasing Macro Commands
To remove the commands that have been
programmed into one of the Macro buttons,
follow these steps:
3. When all the steps have been entered,
press the Sleep button to enter the
commands. The red light under the Device
Selectors will blink and then turn off.
1. Simultaneously press the Mute button
and the Macro button that contains the
commands you wish to erase.
Example: To program the Macro 1 button so
that it turns on an AVR, a TV and a cable box,
follow these steps:
1. Press the Macro 1 and Mute buttons at the
same time and then release them.
Macros enable you to easily repeat frequently
used combinations of commands with the
press of a single button on the USR 1. Once
programmed, a macro will send out up to 19
different remote codes in a predetermined
sequential order, enabling you to automate the
process of turning on your system, changing
devices, changing to a favorite channel with one
button press, or other common tasks. The USR 1
can store up to five separate macro command
sequences: one that is associated with the
Power On button, and four more that are
accessed by pressing the Macro buttons.
1. Press the Mute button and the Macro
button to be programmed or the Power On
button at the same time. Note that a
Device Selector will light red, and the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Enter the steps for the macro sequence by
pressing the button for the actual command
step. Although the macro may contain up to
19 steps, each button press, including those
used to change devices, counts as a step.
The Program LED will flash green to
confirm each button press as you enter
commands.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash
amber, and the LED under the AVR
Selector will turn red.
3. Within ten seconds, press the Surround
Mode Selector/Channel Down button.
3. Press the AVR Selector.
4. The red LED under the AVR Selector
will go out, and the Program LED will
turn green and flash three times before
it goes out.
4. Press the Mute button to store the AVR’s
power on command.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
Macro has been erased.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash amber.
Macro Programming
Operating Products With the USR 1
5. Press the VID 2 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “TV Power
On.”
Once the USR 1 has been programmed with the
codes for the desired products, it operates in the
same manner as traditional remotes.
To change between devices, simply press one of
the Device Selector buttons at the top of the
remote. When one of these buttons is pressed, a
red LED underneath the button will momentarily
flash to confirm your device selection. The red
LED will also light when any button programmed
for a function associated with that device is
pressed. If the red LED for a device does NOT
light when a function button is pressed, it is
your indication that the button does not work in
conjunction with the device. For example, when
the AVR Device Selector has been pressed to
operate an audio/video receiver, the red light
under the AVR button will go on when the
Volume Up button is pressed. However, it will
not normally light when the Stop button is
pressed as this is not an AVR function. How
the USR 1 responds to specific commands is
greatly dependent on the device in use and
the way in which the specific buttons have
been programmed.
For use with Harman Kardon products, consult
the owner’s manual that came with the product
to find the functions for specific buttons. If you
do not have the manual for a Harman Kardon
product, you may be able to download it at
no charge from Harman Kardon’s Web site,
www.harmankardon.com.
6. Press the Mute button to store the TV Power
On command.
7. Press the VID 3 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “Cable
Power On.”
When operating a device other than a
Harman Kardon product, the controls may not
correspond exactly to the functions printed on
the remote or button. Some commands, such as
the volume control, work normally while other
buttons will change their function so that they
correspond to a secondary label on the remote.
For example, the Sleep and Surround
mode selector buttons also function as the
Channel Up and Channel Down buttons
when operating most TV sets, VCRs or cable
boxes. The Channel Up/Down indication is
printed directly on the remote. For many
standard CD players, cassette decks, VCRs
8. Press the Mute button to store the Cable
Power On command.
9. Press the Sleep/Channel Up button
to complete the process and store the macro
sequence.
After following these steps, each time you press
the Macro 1 button, the remote will send the
Power On/Off command.
®
Power for the Digital Revolution.™
2 INTRODUCTION
3 INSTALLING THE BATTERIES
4 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
5 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
8 LEARNING CODES
9 LEARNING CODES
10 LEARNING CODES
11 MACRO PROGRAMMING
12 MACRO PROGRAMMING
13 MACRO PROGRAMMING
14 OPERATING PRODUCTS
USR 1
Universal
Remote Control
OWNER’S MANUAL
Introduction
Installing the Batteries
Programming the Remote
Harman Kardon’s USR 1 is a full-featured, eightdevice remote control that is specially designed
as a replacement for the remote controls used
with most Harman Kardon components manufactured since 1995, along with some products
produced before 1995. In addition to the codes
used for operating Harman Kardon products, the
USR 1 may be programmed with the commands
for most contemporary home entertainment
products, either from the extensive built-in code
library, or via a simple “learning” technique,
regardless of brand. To further extend the
flexibility of the USR 1, it may also be “taught”
the codes for most infrared remote controls even
when they are not in the built-in library. Discrete
controls are available for operating the transport
functions of CD, DVD and tape machines, and
users may create up to five macro command sets
for automating frequently repeated actions.
To install the batteries, first remove the cover
on the back side of the remote by placing your
thumb on the round indented area on the
battery compartment cover. Gently push down
and then up away from the remote. The cover
will slide off.
The USR 1 is shipped from the factory already
programmed to operate most current-model
Harman Kardon AV receivers, processors, CD
and DVD players, CD-R/RW decks and cassette
decks. However, for older Harman Kardon
products, or if you find that the preset codes
do not properly operate your Harman Kardon
products, or if you wish to use the remote with
products made by manufacturers other than
Harman Kardon, you may use a variety of
methods to program in the code information
from the USR 1’s built-in IR code library or to
directly program the codes from another remote.
NOTE: Although every effort has been
made to include all features and
functions available on the original
remotes, in some instances not all
functions will be available. In cases
where you still have the original,
working remote, you may attempt to
program individual button codes into
the USR 1 using the method described
later in this manual.
Place the three AAA batteries in the
compartment as shown in the diagram below,
being certain to observe the “+” and “–”
polarity indications on the batteries and in
the bottom of the compartment.
To replace the cover, place it in the grooved
edges of the compartment side. Then, gently
slide the cover down towards you until you
hear and feel the latch click as indication of
a secure closure.
When the remote will not be used for a
significant length of time (over a few weeks)
it is always a good idea to remove the batteries
to prevent the possibility of damage to the
remote due to corrosion or leakage.
When replacing batteries, always replace all
three at the same time and observe any local
regulations that may apply in your area with
regard to the proper disposal of used batteries.
We recommend the use of high-quality alkaline
batteries in the USR 1.
Before starting the programming process, please
note that throughout these instructions you will
see mention of the “Program LED”. This refers
to the three-color LED that is at the very top of
the remote between the ON and OFF buttons.
Depending on the specific programming
operation underway, this LED may light or flash
in green, red or amber. During normal operation
it will not light.
Direct Code Entry
This method is the easiest way to program your
remote to work with different products.
1. Use the tables in the following pages to
determine the three-digit code or codes that
match both the product type (e.g., VCR, TV),
and the specific brand name. If there is more
than one number for a brand, make note of
the different choices.
2. Turn on the product you wish to program
into the USR 1.
3. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the product you wish to control (e.g.,
VCR, TV) and the Mute button at the same
time. When the Program LED turns amber
and begins flashing, release the buttons.
It is important that you begin the next step
within 20 seconds.
4. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and enter the first three-digit
code number using the Numeric Key
Programming the Remote
buttons. If the unit turns off, the correct
code has been entered. Press the Device
Selector again, and note that the red light
will flash three times before going dark to
confirm the entry.
5. If the device to be programmed in does NOT
turn off, continue to enter three-digit code
numbers until the equipment turns off.
At this point, the correct code has been
entered. Press the Device Selector again
and note that the red light under the
Device Selector will flash three times
before going dark to confirm the entry.
6. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates
properly. Keep in mind that many
manufacturers use a number of different
combinations of codes, so it is a good idea
to make certain that not only the Power
control, but the Volume, Channel and
Transport controls work as they should. If
functions do not work properly, you may
need to use a different remote code, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
7. If a code cannot be entered to turn the
unit off, if the code for your product does
not appear in the tables in this manual,
or if not all functions operate properly, try
programming the remote with the Auto
Search Method.
For Harman Kardon products, consult the
Harman Kardon Products code table to locate
your model. Program the code on the far left
after pressing the Device Selector shown in
the column in which the code is found. For
example, if you wish to program an AVR 85,
you will need to press the AVR Device
Selector and then program code 002 into the
USR 1 following the instructions shown. The
additional codes listed to the right will
automatically be programmed into the CD,
DVD and Tape Device selectors, respectively.
You may reprogram those device selectors
to operate other products.
Although every effort has been made to
program the USR 1 with all of the functions
of the original Harman Kardon remotes, some
functions may not be available, although
individual buttons can be programmed if
you have the original working remote.
Auto Search Method
If the unit you wish to program into the USR 1
is not listed in the code tables in this manual or
if the code does not seem to operate properly,
you may wish to program the correct code using
the Auto Search method that follows:
1. Turn on the product that you wish to
program into the USR 1.
2. Press the Device Selector for the type of
product to be entered (e.g., VCR, TV) and the
Mute button at the same time. Hold both
buttons until the red light under the Device
Selector stays lit. Note that the next step
must take place while the red light is on, and
it must begin within 20 seconds after the
light appears.
3. Point the USR 1 towards the product to be
programmed, and press either the ⁄ or ¤
button. Each press will send out a series of
codes from the remote’s built-in database.
When the unit being programmed turns off,
release the ⁄ /¤ button, as that is your indication that the correct code is in use.
4. Press the Device Selector, and note that
the red light under the Device Selector will
flash three times before going dark to confirm the entry.
Programming the Remote
controls, as appropriate. If all functions
do not work properly, you may need to
Auto-Search for a different code, or enter
a code via the Direct Code Entry method, or
choose the best remote code and program
some individual buttons as explained below
in the “Learning Codes” section.
Code Readout
When the code has been entered using the Auto
Search method, it is always a good idea to find
out the exact code so that it may be easily reentered if necessary. You may also read the codes
to verify which device has been programmed to
a specific Control Selector button.
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
for the device you wish to find the code
for and the Mute button at the same time.
Note that the Program LED will initially
turn amber. Release the buttons and begin
the next step within 20 seconds.
2. Press the Set button. The Program LED
will then blink green in a sequence that
corresponds to the three-digit code, with a
one-second pause between each digit. Count
the number of blinks between each pause to
determine the digit of the code. One blink is
the number 1, two blinks is the number 2, and
so forth. A series of three rapid flashes is used
to indicate a “0.”
Example: One blink, followed by a one-second
pause, followed by six blinks, followed by a
one-second pause, followed by three fast flashes
indicates that the code has been set to 160.
For future reference, enter the Setup Codes for
the equipment in your system here:
5. Try all of the functions on the remote to
make certain that the product operates.
Keep in mind that many manufacturers use
a number of different combinations of codes,
and it is a good idea to make certain that
not only the Power control works, but also
that the Volume, Channel and Transport
AVR/AUDIO ______ DVD ______________
6 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
7 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
Learning Codes
In addition to using codes from its internal code
library, the USR 1 is able to “learn”codes from
remotes that may not be in the code library. You
may also use this function to “learn over” the
codes from a preprogrammed device to add
functions not included in the preprogrammed
codes. To learn or transfer codes from an IR
remote to the USR 1, follow these steps:
NOTE: Not all buttons on the USR 1 may be
taught codes from another remote. Only the
following buttons may be programmed for a
remote code: Power On, Power Off, Mute,
Channel +, Channel –, T/V, Volume Up, Volume
Down, CH./Guide, Menu/Spkr, ‹, ›, ⁄ , ¤, Set,
Digital/Exit, Delay/Prev. Ch., the 0 to 9 “Numeric
Keys”, Play, Stop, FF, REW, Record, Pause, Skip
Down, Skip Up.
1. Place the front of the original remote with
the code being sent so that it is facing
the USR 1’s IR Transmitter Window
“head-to-head.” The two remotes should
be between one and three inches apart.
2. Select the button on the remote that you
wish to use as the device selector for the
codes about to be entered. This may be any
of the Device Selectors.
3. Press the Device Selector button chosen
and the Learn button at the same time.
Hold these buttons until the Program LED
flashes amber and the light under the
Device Selector button turns red. Release
the buttons.
4. Press the button on the USR 1 that you wish
to program. Note that the Program LED
will stop flashing.
CD ______________ VID1/VCR __________
Programming the Remote
5. Within five seconds, press and hold the
button on the original remote that you
wish to “teach” into the USR 1. When
the Program LED turns green three times,
release the button. Note that the Program
LED will then begin to flash amber again.
NOTE: If the Program LED turns red
during Step 5 or 6, the programming was
not successful. Repeat the steps to see whether
the code will “take.”
6. Repeat Steps 4 though 6 for each button on
the source remote that you wish to transfer
to the USR 1.
7. Once all codes have been transferred from
the original source remote to the USR 1,
press the Learn button.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for any additional
remotes you wish to “teach” into the
USR 1.
NOTE: Each programmable key may be
programmed with a separate function for each
of the eight devices the USR 1 is capable of
controlling. Note, also, that once a key is
programmed for a specific function, any code
previously stored for that specific button/device
combination will be erased.
Erasing Learned Codes
The USR 1 allows you to remove or erase the
code learned into a single button for a single
device, to remove or erase the code set for all the
codes that have been programmed into specific
device buttons, or to erase all commands that
have been learned to all devices.
To erase a single learned code from within a
single device’s settings, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector
within which the individual button to be
erased has been programmed and the
Learn button.
VID2/TV__________ VID3/CBL/SAT______
VID4 ____________ TAPE______________
Programming the Remote
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device within which the individual
button to be erased has been programmed.
3. Press and release the same Device Selector
again.
4. Press the 9 button three times.
4. Press the 7 button three times.
5. Press and release the individual button for
which the code is to be erased. The Program
LED will blink green two times and then
return to amber.
6. To erase other buttons within the same
device, press them as noted in Step 5.
7. When all buttons to be erased have been
pressed, press the Learn button to complete
the process.
To erase all codes within a single device, follow
these steps:
1. Press and hold both the Device Selector for
which you wish to erase the codes and the
Learn button.
2. When the red LED under the Device
Selector turns red and the Program LED
flashes amber, release the buttons.
3. Press and release the Device Selector again
for the device whose code you wish to erase.
4. Press the 8 button three times.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased.
To erase all codes that have been programmed to
all devices in the remote, follow these steps:
1. Simultaneously press any Device Selector
and the Learn button.
5. The Program LED will turn off and the red
light under the Device Selector will flash on
and off once to indicate that the codes have
been erased and the USR 1 has returned to
its factory default codes. Macro commands
and “Punch-Through” programming will
remain active, but may not have the effect
you originally intended.
NOTE: While entering commands for Power
On/Off of any device during a macro sequence,
press the Mute button. DO NOT press the actual
Power button.
Erasing Macro Commands
To remove the commands that have been
programmed into one of the Macro buttons,
follow these steps:
3. When all the steps have been entered,
press the Sleep button to enter the
commands. The red light under the Device
Selectors will blink and then turn off.
1. Simultaneously press the Mute button
and the Macro button that contains the
commands you wish to erase.
Example: To program the Macro 1 button so
that it turns on an AVR, a TV and a cable box,
follow these steps:
1. Press the Macro 1 and Mute buttons at the
same time and then release them.
Macros enable you to easily repeat frequently
used combinations of commands with the
press of a single button on the USR 1. Once
programmed, a macro will send out up to 19
different remote codes in a predetermined
sequential order, enabling you to automate the
process of turning on your system, changing
devices, changing to a favorite channel with one
button press, or other common tasks. The USR 1
can store up to five separate macro command
sequences: one that is associated with the
Power On button, and four more that are
accessed by pressing the Macro buttons.
1. Press the Mute button and the Macro
button to be programmed or the Power On
button at the same time. Note that a
Device Selector will light red, and the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Enter the steps for the macro sequence by
pressing the button for the actual command
step. Although the macro may contain up to
19 steps, each button press, including those
used to change devices, counts as a step.
The Program LED will flash green to
confirm each button press as you enter
commands.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash
amber, and the LED under the AVR
Selector will turn red.
3. Within ten seconds, press the Surround
Mode Selector/Channel Down button.
3. Press the AVR Selector.
4. The red LED under the AVR Selector
will go out, and the Program LED will
turn green and flash three times before
it goes out.
4. Press the Mute button to store the AVR’s
power on command.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
Macro has been erased.
2. Note that the Program LED will flash amber.
Macro Programming
Operating Products With the USR 1
5. Press the VID 2 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “TV Power
On.”
Once the USR 1 has been programmed with the
codes for the desired products, it operates in the
same manner as traditional remotes.
To change between devices, simply press one of
the Device Selector buttons at the top of the
remote. When one of these buttons is pressed, a
red LED underneath the button will momentarily
flash to confirm your device selection. The red
LED will also light when any button programmed
for a function associated with that device is
pressed. If the red LED for a device does NOT
light when a function button is pressed, it is
your indication that the button does not work in
conjunction with the device. For example, when
the AVR Device Selector has been pressed to
operate an audio/video receiver, the red light
under the AVR button will go on when the
Volume Up button is pressed. However, it will
not normally light when the Stop button is
pressed as this is not an AVR function. How
the USR 1 responds to specific commands is
greatly dependent on the device in use and
the way in which the specific buttons have
been programmed.
For use with Harman Kardon products, consult
the owner’s manual that came with the product
to find the functions for specific buttons. If you
do not have the manual for a Harman Kardon
product, you may be able to download it at
no charge from Harman Kardon’s Web site,
www.harmankardon.com.
6. Press the Mute button to store the TV Power
On command.
7. Press the VID 3 Device Selector button to
indicate the next command is for “Cable
Power On.”
When operating a device other than a
Harman Kardon product, the controls may not
correspond exactly to the functions printed on
the remote or button. Some commands, such as
the volume control, work normally while other
buttons will change their function so that they
correspond to a secondary label on the remote.
For example, the Sleep and Surround
mode selector buttons also function as the
Channel Up and Channel Down buttons
when operating most TV sets, VCRs or cable
boxes. The Channel Up/Down indication is
printed directly on the remote. For many
standard CD players, cassette decks, VCRs
8. Press the Mute button to store the Cable
Power On command.
9. Press the Sleep/Channel Up button
to complete the process and store the macro
sequence.
After following these steps, each time you press
the Macro 1 button, the remote will send the
Power On/Off command.
®
Power for the Digital Revolution.™
2 INTRODUCTION
3 INSTALLING THE BATTERIES
4 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
5 PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
8 LEARNING CODES
9 LEARNING CODES
10 LEARNING CODES
11 MACRO PROGRAMMING
12 MACRO PROGRAMMING
13 MACRO PROGRAMMING
14 OPERATING PRODUCTS
Operating Products With the USR 1
and DVD functions, the standard function icons
are printed on top of the buttons.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Volume Punch-Through
PROGRAM LED
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate
the Volume Control and Mute functions of
either the TV or an AV receiver or processor in
conjunction with any of the devices controlled
by the remote. For example, since the receiver
or processor will likely be used as the sound
system for TV viewing, you may wish to have
its volume activated, although the remote is set
to run the TV. Either the receiver/processor or TV
volume control may be associated with any of
the remote’s devices. To program the remote for
Volume Punch-Through, follow these steps:
For some products, however, the function of a
particular button does not follow the command
printed on the remote. In order to see which
function a button controls, consult the Function
List tables, then check the type of device being
controlled (e.g., TV, VCR). Next, look at the
remote control diagram pictured at right. Note
that each button has a number on it.
There are two kinds of tables in this manual
that show the functions of the USR 1’s buttons.
One is specific to Harman Kardon products. It
identifies the specific function of each button
for certain Harman Kardon receivers and
systems. For your convenience, the code
used to program the USR 1 for each of those
products is also shown. The other kind of table
contains the generic function list for all other
products. For example, the button shown on
the diagram as number 49 is labeled as the
OSD button, and it performs that function
on newer Harman Kardon AVR products.
However, as shown in the table, that button
is the Surround Wrap button if you own an
AVR 40 and program the USR 1 using code
003. Using the generic Function List, you will
see that button 49 also acts as the OSD button
for most video products.
1. Press the Device Selector for the unit you
wish to have associated with the Volume
Control and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under
the Device Selector, and note that the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Press the Volume Up button and note
that the Program LED will stop flashing
and stay amber.
3. Press either the AVR Selector or the
Device Selector, depending on which
system’s Volume Control you wish to have
attached for the Punch-Through mode. The
Program LED will blink green three times
and then go out to confirm the data entry.
Notes on Using the USR 1 With Other
Devices.
Manufacturers may use different code sets for
the same product category. For that reason,
it is important that you check to see whether
the code set you have entered operates as many
controls as possible. If it appears that only a few
functions operate, check to see whether another
code set will work with more buttons. Once
you have selected the best code set, you can
program in additional individual buttons, as
described above.
15 OPERATING PRODUCTS
Operating Products With the USR 1
Example: To have the AVR’s volume control
activated even though the remote is set to
control the TV, first press the VID2/TV Device
Selector and the Mute button at the same
time. Next, press the Volume Up button,
followed by the AVR Device Selector.
NOTE: Should you wish to return the remote to
the original configuration after entering a Volume
Punch-Through, you will need to repeat the steps
shown above. However, press the same Device
Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
16 OPERATING PRODUCTS
17 OPERATING PRODUCTS
18 VOLUME PUNCH-THROUGH
Channel Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Channel Control function for either the
TV, cable or satellite receiver used in your system
may be used in conjunction with one of the other
devices controlled by the remote. For example,
while using and controlling the VCR, you may
wish to change channels on a cable box or
satellite receiver without having to change the
device selected by the receiver or the remote.
To program the remote for Channel Control
Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector button for the
device with which you wish to have the
Channel Control associated and the Mute
button at the same time until the red light
appears under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
2. Press the Volume Down button. The
Program LED will stop flashing and
stay amber.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the device that will be used to change
the channels. The Program LED will blink
green three times and then go out to confirm
the data entry.
Example: To control the channels using your
cable box or satellite receiver while the USR 1 is
set to control the VCR, first press the VID1/VCR
Device Selector button and the Mute button
at the same time. Next, release them and press
the Volume Down button, followed by the
VID2/TV Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Channel Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
19 CHANNEL CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Operating Products With the USR 1
Transport Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Transport Control Functions (Play, Stop,
Fast Forward, Rewind, Pause and Record) for
a VCR, DVD or CD will operate in conjunction
with one of the other devices controlled by the
remote. For example, while using and controlling
the TV, you may wish to start or stop your VCR
or DVD without having to change the device
selected. To program the remote for Transport
Control Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector for the device
with which you wish to have the Channel
Control associated and the Mute button
at the same time until the red light appears
under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
Reassigning Device Control
Selectors
Although each Device Selector is normally
assigned to the category of product shown on
the remote, it is possible to reassign one of these
buttons to operate a second device of another
type. For example, if you have two VCRs but no
satellite receiver, you may program the “SAT”
button to operate a second VCR. Before following
the normal programming steps for either ThreeDigit entry or Auto Search code entry, you must
first reassign the button with the following steps:
1. Press the Device Selector you wish to
reassign and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under the
Device Selector and the Program LED
flashes amber.
2. Press the Play button. The Program LED will
stop flashing and stay amber.
2. Press the Device Selector for the device you
wish to program into the reassigned button.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the product whose transport mechanism will be controlled. The Program LED
will blink green three times and then go out
to confirm the data entry.
3. Program the remote with the code for your
product using either the Direct Code Entry
or Auto Search method of determining the
correct code.
Example: To control the transport of a DVD
player while the remote is set to control the
TV, first press the VID2/TV Device Selector
button and the Mute button at the same time.
Next, release them and press the Play button,
followed by the DVD Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Transport Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
4. Press the same Device Selector pressed
in Step 1 once again to store the selection.
The red LED under the reassigned Device
Selector will flash three times and then
go out.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Resetting the Remote Memory
As you add components to your home theater
system, occasionally you may wish to totally
reprogram the remote control without the
confusion of any commands, macros or “PunchThrough” programming that you may have done.
To do this, it is possible to reset the remote to the
original factory defaults and command codes by
following these steps. Note, however, that once
the remote is reset, all commands or codes that
you have entered will be erased and will need to
be re-entered:
1. Press any of the Device Selector buttons
and the “O” button at the same time until
the Program LED begins to flash amber.
2. Press the “3” button three times.
3. The red LED under the Device Selector
will go out and the Program LED will stop
flashing and turn green.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
remote has been reset to the factory settings.
Example: To use the CBL/SAT button to operate a second VCR, first press the CBL/SAT
Device Selector and the Mute button at the
same time until the red light glows under the
CBL/SAT button. Press the VCR button, followed
by the three-digit code for the specific model
you wish to control. Finally, press the CBL/SAT
button again.
21 REASSIGNING SELECTORS
Occasionally, a remote control will get lost
between the cushions of a couch, placed upside
down, or otherwise stored so that the buttons
are pressed. If the unit were to stay this way for
an extended period, the batteries would drain
until they are exhausted. To prevent this, the
USR 1 has a “Couch Function” that recognizes
when a button is held down for more than 30
seconds. In that case, an LED will begin to blink
red under the last Device Selector button that
was used. The LED will blink for 30 seconds
to draw your attention to the stuck button or
incorrect positioning of the remote. When the
LED stops blinking and goes out, the remote will
stop transmitting any codes until the stuck button
is released or the unit is picked up so that no
buttons are pressed. This preserves battery life
and extends the life of the remote.
Troubleshooting Guide
Symptom
4. The Program LED will remain green until
the remote is reset. Note that this may take
a while, depending on how many commands
are in the memory and need to be erased.
Cause
Solution
Product does Weak batteries
not respond in remote.
to remote
commands. Wrong device
selected.
Remote sensor
is obscured.
NOTE: Before programming the remote for
Volume, Channel or Transport Punch-Through,
make certain that you have finished programming
the remote codes needed for the specific TV, CD,
DVD, cable or satellite receiver.
20 TRANSPORT CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Couch Function
22 RESETTING REMOTE MEMORY
Replace remote
batteries.
Press the
Device
Selector
corresponding
to the product
you wish to
control.
Make certain
the product’s
front panel
sensor is visible
to the USR 1,
or connect an
outboard IR
sensor to the
product’s
remote IR
input jack
(if available).
23 TROUBLESHOOTING
Function List
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
Function List
AVR/AUDIO
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR POWER ON
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
VID1
VID2
VID3
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL UP
SURR
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CHANNEL (LEVEL)
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER
<
SET
>
DIGITAL
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1~M4
REWIND
CD/CDR
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
TAPE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
INPUT SELECT
CDP SELECT
VOL UP
CDR SELECT
TV/DVD
VOL UP
SUBTITLE ON/OFF
SUB ON/OFF
VOL DOWN
TITLE
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
OPEN/CLOSE
DOWN
RETURN
0~9
CHAPTER
AUDIO
NEXT. CHAP
ANGLE
CLEAR
SLOW+
PREV. CHAP
VOL DOWN
INTRO SCAN
OPEN/CLOSE
0~9
REPEAT
TIME
TRACK DIRECT
RANDOM PLAY
CLEAR
+10
TRACK INCREMENT
PROGRAM
DISK SKIP
M1~M4
R. SEARCH
PLAY
F. SEARCH
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
DVD
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
M1~M4
REW
REV PLAY/FWD PLAY
FF
REC/PAUSE
STOP
DISC SKIP
SLOW –
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
Function List – Harman Kardon
NO.
BUTTON NAME
TV
VCR
CBL
SAT
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/CBL
VOL UP
CH –
TV/SAT
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
VOL DOWN
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
SLEEP
CANCEL
PPV
FAV
BYPASS
MUSIC
CANCEL
FAV
NEXT
ALT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
0~9
CLEAR
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
M1~M4
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
REC
STOP
PAUSE
SCAN –
SCAN +
M1~M4
DAY –
M1~M4
DAY+
PAGE –
PAGE +
AVR 85
(CODE 002)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE /PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
Operating Products With the USR 1
and DVD functions, the standard function icons
are printed on top of the buttons.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Volume Punch-Through
PROGRAM LED
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate
the Volume Control and Mute functions of
either the TV or an AV receiver or processor in
conjunction with any of the devices controlled
by the remote. For example, since the receiver
or processor will likely be used as the sound
system for TV viewing, you may wish to have
its volume activated, although the remote is set
to run the TV. Either the receiver/processor or TV
volume control may be associated with any of
the remote’s devices. To program the remote for
Volume Punch-Through, follow these steps:
For some products, however, the function of a
particular button does not follow the command
printed on the remote. In order to see which
function a button controls, consult the Function
List tables, then check the type of device being
controlled (e.g., TV, VCR). Next, look at the
remote control diagram pictured at right. Note
that each button has a number on it.
There are two kinds of tables in this manual
that show the functions of the USR 1’s buttons.
One is specific to Harman Kardon products. It
identifies the specific function of each button
for certain Harman Kardon receivers and
systems. For your convenience, the code
used to program the USR 1 for each of those
products is also shown. The other kind of table
contains the generic function list for all other
products. For example, the button shown on
the diagram as number 49 is labeled as the
OSD button, and it performs that function
on newer Harman Kardon AVR products.
However, as shown in the table, that button
is the Surround Wrap button if you own an
AVR 40 and program the USR 1 using code
003. Using the generic Function List, you will
see that button 49 also acts as the OSD button
for most video products.
1. Press the Device Selector for the unit you
wish to have associated with the Volume
Control and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under
the Device Selector, and note that the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Press the Volume Up button and note
that the Program LED will stop flashing
and stay amber.
3. Press either the AVR Selector or the
Device Selector, depending on which
system’s Volume Control you wish to have
attached for the Punch-Through mode. The
Program LED will blink green three times
and then go out to confirm the data entry.
Notes on Using the USR 1 With Other
Devices.
Manufacturers may use different code sets for
the same product category. For that reason,
it is important that you check to see whether
the code set you have entered operates as many
controls as possible. If it appears that only a few
functions operate, check to see whether another
code set will work with more buttons. Once
you have selected the best code set, you can
program in additional individual buttons, as
described above.
15 OPERATING PRODUCTS
Operating Products With the USR 1
Example: To have the AVR’s volume control
activated even though the remote is set to
control the TV, first press the VID2/TV Device
Selector and the Mute button at the same
time. Next, press the Volume Up button,
followed by the AVR Device Selector.
NOTE: Should you wish to return the remote to
the original configuration after entering a Volume
Punch-Through, you will need to repeat the steps
shown above. However, press the same Device
Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
16 OPERATING PRODUCTS
17 OPERATING PRODUCTS
18 VOLUME PUNCH-THROUGH
Channel Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Channel Control function for either the
TV, cable or satellite receiver used in your system
may be used in conjunction with one of the other
devices controlled by the remote. For example,
while using and controlling the VCR, you may
wish to change channels on a cable box or
satellite receiver without having to change the
device selected by the receiver or the remote.
To program the remote for Channel Control
Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector button for the
device with which you wish to have the
Channel Control associated and the Mute
button at the same time until the red light
appears under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
2. Press the Volume Down button. The
Program LED will stop flashing and
stay amber.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the device that will be used to change
the channels. The Program LED will blink
green three times and then go out to confirm
the data entry.
Example: To control the channels using your
cable box or satellite receiver while the USR 1 is
set to control the VCR, first press the VID1/VCR
Device Selector button and the Mute button
at the same time. Next, release them and press
the Volume Down button, followed by the
VID2/TV Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Channel Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
19 CHANNEL CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Operating Products With the USR 1
Transport Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Transport Control Functions (Play, Stop,
Fast Forward, Rewind, Pause and Record) for
a VCR, DVD or CD will operate in conjunction
with one of the other devices controlled by the
remote. For example, while using and controlling
the TV, you may wish to start or stop your VCR
or DVD without having to change the device
selected. To program the remote for Transport
Control Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector for the device
with which you wish to have the Channel
Control associated and the Mute button
at the same time until the red light appears
under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
Reassigning Device Control
Selectors
Although each Device Selector is normally
assigned to the category of product shown on
the remote, it is possible to reassign one of these
buttons to operate a second device of another
type. For example, if you have two VCRs but no
satellite receiver, you may program the “SAT”
button to operate a second VCR. Before following
the normal programming steps for either ThreeDigit entry or Auto Search code entry, you must
first reassign the button with the following steps:
1. Press the Device Selector you wish to
reassign and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under the
Device Selector and the Program LED
flashes amber.
2. Press the Play button. The Program LED will
stop flashing and stay amber.
2. Press the Device Selector for the device you
wish to program into the reassigned button.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the product whose transport mechanism will be controlled. The Program LED
will blink green three times and then go out
to confirm the data entry.
3. Program the remote with the code for your
product using either the Direct Code Entry
or Auto Search method of determining the
correct code.
Example: To control the transport of a DVD
player while the remote is set to control the
TV, first press the VID2/TV Device Selector
button and the Mute button at the same time.
Next, release them and press the Play button,
followed by the DVD Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Transport Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
4. Press the same Device Selector pressed
in Step 1 once again to store the selection.
The red LED under the reassigned Device
Selector will flash three times and then
go out.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Resetting the Remote Memory
As you add components to your home theater
system, occasionally you may wish to totally
reprogram the remote control without the
confusion of any commands, macros or “PunchThrough” programming that you may have done.
To do this, it is possible to reset the remote to the
original factory defaults and command codes by
following these steps. Note, however, that once
the remote is reset, all commands or codes that
you have entered will be erased and will need to
be re-entered:
1. Press any of the Device Selector buttons
and the “O” button at the same time until
the Program LED begins to flash amber.
2. Press the “3” button three times.
3. The red LED under the Device Selector
will go out and the Program LED will stop
flashing and turn green.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
remote has been reset to the factory settings.
Example: To use the CBL/SAT button to operate a second VCR, first press the CBL/SAT
Device Selector and the Mute button at the
same time until the red light glows under the
CBL/SAT button. Press the VCR button, followed
by the three-digit code for the specific model
you wish to control. Finally, press the CBL/SAT
button again.
21 REASSIGNING SELECTORS
Occasionally, a remote control will get lost
between the cushions of a couch, placed upside
down, or otherwise stored so that the buttons
are pressed. If the unit were to stay this way for
an extended period, the batteries would drain
until they are exhausted. To prevent this, the
USR 1 has a “Couch Function” that recognizes
when a button is held down for more than 30
seconds. In that case, an LED will begin to blink
red under the last Device Selector button that
was used. The LED will blink for 30 seconds
to draw your attention to the stuck button or
incorrect positioning of the remote. When the
LED stops blinking and goes out, the remote will
stop transmitting any codes until the stuck button
is released or the unit is picked up so that no
buttons are pressed. This preserves battery life
and extends the life of the remote.
Troubleshooting Guide
Symptom
4. The Program LED will remain green until
the remote is reset. Note that this may take
a while, depending on how many commands
are in the memory and need to be erased.
Cause
Solution
Product does Weak batteries
not respond in remote.
to remote
commands. Wrong device
selected.
Remote sensor
is obscured.
NOTE: Before programming the remote for
Volume, Channel or Transport Punch-Through,
make certain that you have finished programming
the remote codes needed for the specific TV, CD,
DVD, cable or satellite receiver.
20 TRANSPORT CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Couch Function
22 RESETTING REMOTE MEMORY
Replace remote
batteries.
Press the
Device
Selector
corresponding
to the product
you wish to
control.
Make certain
the product’s
front panel
sensor is visible
to the USR 1,
or connect an
outboard IR
sensor to the
product’s
remote IR
input jack
(if available).
23 TROUBLESHOOTING
Function List
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
Function List
AVR/AUDIO
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR POWER ON
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
VID1
VID2
VID3
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL UP
SURR
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CHANNEL (LEVEL)
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER
<
SET
>
DIGITAL
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1~M4
REWIND
CD/CDR
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
TAPE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
INPUT SELECT
CDP SELECT
VOL UP
CDR SELECT
TV/DVD
VOL UP
SUBTITLE ON/OFF
SUB ON/OFF
VOL DOWN
TITLE
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
OPEN/CLOSE
DOWN
RETURN
0~9
CHAPTER
AUDIO
NEXT. CHAP
ANGLE
CLEAR
SLOW+
PREV. CHAP
VOL DOWN
INTRO SCAN
OPEN/CLOSE
0~9
REPEAT
TIME
TRACK DIRECT
RANDOM PLAY
CLEAR
+10
TRACK INCREMENT
PROGRAM
DISK SKIP
M1~M4
R. SEARCH
PLAY
F. SEARCH
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
DVD
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
M1~M4
REW
REV PLAY/FWD PLAY
FF
REC/PAUSE
STOP
DISC SKIP
SLOW –
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
Function List – Harman Kardon
NO.
BUTTON NAME
TV
VCR
CBL
SAT
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/CBL
VOL UP
CH –
TV/SAT
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
VOL DOWN
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
SLEEP
CANCEL
PPV
FAV
BYPASS
MUSIC
CANCEL
FAV
NEXT
ALT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
0~9
CLEAR
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
M1~M4
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
REC
STOP
PAUSE
SCAN –
SCAN +
M1~M4
DAY –
M1~M4
DAY+
PAGE –
PAGE +
AVR 85
(CODE 002)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE /PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
Operating Products With the USR 1
and DVD functions, the standard function icons
are printed on top of the buttons.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Volume Punch-Through
PROGRAM LED
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate
the Volume Control and Mute functions of
either the TV or an AV receiver or processor in
conjunction with any of the devices controlled
by the remote. For example, since the receiver
or processor will likely be used as the sound
system for TV viewing, you may wish to have
its volume activated, although the remote is set
to run the TV. Either the receiver/processor or TV
volume control may be associated with any of
the remote’s devices. To program the remote for
Volume Punch-Through, follow these steps:
For some products, however, the function of a
particular button does not follow the command
printed on the remote. In order to see which
function a button controls, consult the Function
List tables, then check the type of device being
controlled (e.g., TV, VCR). Next, look at the
remote control diagram pictured at right. Note
that each button has a number on it.
There are two kinds of tables in this manual
that show the functions of the USR 1’s buttons.
One is specific to Harman Kardon products. It
identifies the specific function of each button
for certain Harman Kardon receivers and
systems. For your convenience, the code
used to program the USR 1 for each of those
products is also shown. The other kind of table
contains the generic function list for all other
products. For example, the button shown on
the diagram as number 49 is labeled as the
OSD button, and it performs that function
on newer Harman Kardon AVR products.
However, as shown in the table, that button
is the Surround Wrap button if you own an
AVR 40 and program the USR 1 using code
003. Using the generic Function List, you will
see that button 49 also acts as the OSD button
for most video products.
1. Press the Device Selector for the unit you
wish to have associated with the Volume
Control and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under
the Device Selector, and note that the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Press the Volume Up button and note
that the Program LED will stop flashing
and stay amber.
3. Press either the AVR Selector or the
Device Selector, depending on which
system’s Volume Control you wish to have
attached for the Punch-Through mode. The
Program LED will blink green three times
and then go out to confirm the data entry.
Notes on Using the USR 1 With Other
Devices.
Manufacturers may use different code sets for
the same product category. For that reason,
it is important that you check to see whether
the code set you have entered operates as many
controls as possible. If it appears that only a few
functions operate, check to see whether another
code set will work with more buttons. Once
you have selected the best code set, you can
program in additional individual buttons, as
described above.
15 OPERATING PRODUCTS
Operating Products With the USR 1
Example: To have the AVR’s volume control
activated even though the remote is set to
control the TV, first press the VID2/TV Device
Selector and the Mute button at the same
time. Next, press the Volume Up button,
followed by the AVR Device Selector.
NOTE: Should you wish to return the remote to
the original configuration after entering a Volume
Punch-Through, you will need to repeat the steps
shown above. However, press the same Device
Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
16 OPERATING PRODUCTS
17 OPERATING PRODUCTS
18 VOLUME PUNCH-THROUGH
Channel Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Channel Control function for either the
TV, cable or satellite receiver used in your system
may be used in conjunction with one of the other
devices controlled by the remote. For example,
while using and controlling the VCR, you may
wish to change channels on a cable box or
satellite receiver without having to change the
device selected by the receiver or the remote.
To program the remote for Channel Control
Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector button for the
device with which you wish to have the
Channel Control associated and the Mute
button at the same time until the red light
appears under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
2. Press the Volume Down button. The
Program LED will stop flashing and
stay amber.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the device that will be used to change
the channels. The Program LED will blink
green three times and then go out to confirm
the data entry.
Example: To control the channels using your
cable box or satellite receiver while the USR 1 is
set to control the VCR, first press the VID1/VCR
Device Selector button and the Mute button
at the same time. Next, release them and press
the Volume Down button, followed by the
VID2/TV Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Channel Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
19 CHANNEL CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Operating Products With the USR 1
Transport Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Transport Control Functions (Play, Stop,
Fast Forward, Rewind, Pause and Record) for
a VCR, DVD or CD will operate in conjunction
with one of the other devices controlled by the
remote. For example, while using and controlling
the TV, you may wish to start or stop your VCR
or DVD without having to change the device
selected. To program the remote for Transport
Control Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector for the device
with which you wish to have the Channel
Control associated and the Mute button
at the same time until the red light appears
under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
Reassigning Device Control
Selectors
Although each Device Selector is normally
assigned to the category of product shown on
the remote, it is possible to reassign one of these
buttons to operate a second device of another
type. For example, if you have two VCRs but no
satellite receiver, you may program the “SAT”
button to operate a second VCR. Before following
the normal programming steps for either ThreeDigit entry or Auto Search code entry, you must
first reassign the button with the following steps:
1. Press the Device Selector you wish to
reassign and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under the
Device Selector and the Program LED
flashes amber.
2. Press the Play button. The Program LED will
stop flashing and stay amber.
2. Press the Device Selector for the device you
wish to program into the reassigned button.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the product whose transport mechanism will be controlled. The Program LED
will blink green three times and then go out
to confirm the data entry.
3. Program the remote with the code for your
product using either the Direct Code Entry
or Auto Search method of determining the
correct code.
Example: To control the transport of a DVD
player while the remote is set to control the
TV, first press the VID2/TV Device Selector
button and the Mute button at the same time.
Next, release them and press the Play button,
followed by the DVD Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Transport Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
4. Press the same Device Selector pressed
in Step 1 once again to store the selection.
The red LED under the reassigned Device
Selector will flash three times and then
go out.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Resetting the Remote Memory
As you add components to your home theater
system, occasionally you may wish to totally
reprogram the remote control without the
confusion of any commands, macros or “PunchThrough” programming that you may have done.
To do this, it is possible to reset the remote to the
original factory defaults and command codes by
following these steps. Note, however, that once
the remote is reset, all commands or codes that
you have entered will be erased and will need to
be re-entered:
1. Press any of the Device Selector buttons
and the “O” button at the same time until
the Program LED begins to flash amber.
2. Press the “3” button three times.
3. The red LED under the Device Selector
will go out and the Program LED will stop
flashing and turn green.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
remote has been reset to the factory settings.
Example: To use the CBL/SAT button to operate a second VCR, first press the CBL/SAT
Device Selector and the Mute button at the
same time until the red light glows under the
CBL/SAT button. Press the VCR button, followed
by the three-digit code for the specific model
you wish to control. Finally, press the CBL/SAT
button again.
21 REASSIGNING SELECTORS
Occasionally, a remote control will get lost
between the cushions of a couch, placed upside
down, or otherwise stored so that the buttons
are pressed. If the unit were to stay this way for
an extended period, the batteries would drain
until they are exhausted. To prevent this, the
USR 1 has a “Couch Function” that recognizes
when a button is held down for more than 30
seconds. In that case, an LED will begin to blink
red under the last Device Selector button that
was used. The LED will blink for 30 seconds
to draw your attention to the stuck button or
incorrect positioning of the remote. When the
LED stops blinking and goes out, the remote will
stop transmitting any codes until the stuck button
is released or the unit is picked up so that no
buttons are pressed. This preserves battery life
and extends the life of the remote.
Troubleshooting Guide
Symptom
4. The Program LED will remain green until
the remote is reset. Note that this may take
a while, depending on how many commands
are in the memory and need to be erased.
Cause
Solution
Product does Weak batteries
not respond in remote.
to remote
commands. Wrong device
selected.
Remote sensor
is obscured.
NOTE: Before programming the remote for
Volume, Channel or Transport Punch-Through,
make certain that you have finished programming
the remote codes needed for the specific TV, CD,
DVD, cable or satellite receiver.
20 TRANSPORT CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Couch Function
22 RESETTING REMOTE MEMORY
Replace remote
batteries.
Press the
Device
Selector
corresponding
to the product
you wish to
control.
Make certain
the product’s
front panel
sensor is visible
to the USR 1,
or connect an
outboard IR
sensor to the
product’s
remote IR
input jack
(if available).
23 TROUBLESHOOTING
Function List
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
Function List
AVR/AUDIO
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR POWER ON
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
VID1
VID2
VID3
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL UP
SURR
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CHANNEL (LEVEL)
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER
<
SET
>
DIGITAL
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1~M4
REWIND
CD/CDR
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
TAPE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
INPUT SELECT
CDP SELECT
VOL UP
CDR SELECT
TV/DVD
VOL UP
SUBTITLE ON/OFF
SUB ON/OFF
VOL DOWN
TITLE
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
OPEN/CLOSE
DOWN
RETURN
0~9
CHAPTER
AUDIO
NEXT. CHAP
ANGLE
CLEAR
SLOW+
PREV. CHAP
VOL DOWN
INTRO SCAN
OPEN/CLOSE
0~9
REPEAT
TIME
TRACK DIRECT
RANDOM PLAY
CLEAR
+10
TRACK INCREMENT
PROGRAM
DISK SKIP
M1~M4
R. SEARCH
PLAY
F. SEARCH
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
DVD
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
M1~M4
REW
REV PLAY/FWD PLAY
FF
REC/PAUSE
STOP
DISC SKIP
SLOW –
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
Function List – Harman Kardon
NO.
BUTTON NAME
TV
VCR
CBL
SAT
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/CBL
VOL UP
CH –
TV/SAT
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
VOL DOWN
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
SLEEP
CANCEL
PPV
FAV
BYPASS
MUSIC
CANCEL
FAV
NEXT
ALT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
0~9
CLEAR
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
M1~M4
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
REC
STOP
PAUSE
SCAN –
SCAN +
M1~M4
DAY –
M1~M4
DAY+
PAGE –
PAGE +
AVR 85
(CODE 002)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE /PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
Operating Products With the USR 1
and DVD functions, the standard function icons
are printed on top of the buttons.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Volume Punch-Through
PROGRAM LED
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate
the Volume Control and Mute functions of
either the TV or an AV receiver or processor in
conjunction with any of the devices controlled
by the remote. For example, since the receiver
or processor will likely be used as the sound
system for TV viewing, you may wish to have
its volume activated, although the remote is set
to run the TV. Either the receiver/processor or TV
volume control may be associated with any of
the remote’s devices. To program the remote for
Volume Punch-Through, follow these steps:
For some products, however, the function of a
particular button does not follow the command
printed on the remote. In order to see which
function a button controls, consult the Function
List tables, then check the type of device being
controlled (e.g., TV, VCR). Next, look at the
remote control diagram pictured at right. Note
that each button has a number on it.
There are two kinds of tables in this manual
that show the functions of the USR 1’s buttons.
One is specific to Harman Kardon products. It
identifies the specific function of each button
for certain Harman Kardon receivers and
systems. For your convenience, the code
used to program the USR 1 for each of those
products is also shown. The other kind of table
contains the generic function list for all other
products. For example, the button shown on
the diagram as number 49 is labeled as the
OSD button, and it performs that function
on newer Harman Kardon AVR products.
However, as shown in the table, that button
is the Surround Wrap button if you own an
AVR 40 and program the USR 1 using code
003. Using the generic Function List, you will
see that button 49 also acts as the OSD button
for most video products.
1. Press the Device Selector for the unit you
wish to have associated with the Volume
Control and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under
the Device Selector, and note that the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Press the Volume Up button and note
that the Program LED will stop flashing
and stay amber.
3. Press either the AVR Selector or the
Device Selector, depending on which
system’s Volume Control you wish to have
attached for the Punch-Through mode. The
Program LED will blink green three times
and then go out to confirm the data entry.
Notes on Using the USR 1 With Other
Devices.
Manufacturers may use different code sets for
the same product category. For that reason,
it is important that you check to see whether
the code set you have entered operates as many
controls as possible. If it appears that only a few
functions operate, check to see whether another
code set will work with more buttons. Once
you have selected the best code set, you can
program in additional individual buttons, as
described above.
15 OPERATING PRODUCTS
Operating Products With the USR 1
Example: To have the AVR’s volume control
activated even though the remote is set to
control the TV, first press the VID2/TV Device
Selector and the Mute button at the same
time. Next, press the Volume Up button,
followed by the AVR Device Selector.
NOTE: Should you wish to return the remote to
the original configuration after entering a Volume
Punch-Through, you will need to repeat the steps
shown above. However, press the same Device
Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
16 OPERATING PRODUCTS
17 OPERATING PRODUCTS
18 VOLUME PUNCH-THROUGH
Channel Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Channel Control function for either the
TV, cable or satellite receiver used in your system
may be used in conjunction with one of the other
devices controlled by the remote. For example,
while using and controlling the VCR, you may
wish to change channels on a cable box or
satellite receiver without having to change the
device selected by the receiver or the remote.
To program the remote for Channel Control
Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector button for the
device with which you wish to have the
Channel Control associated and the Mute
button at the same time until the red light
appears under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
2. Press the Volume Down button. The
Program LED will stop flashing and
stay amber.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the device that will be used to change
the channels. The Program LED will blink
green three times and then go out to confirm
the data entry.
Example: To control the channels using your
cable box or satellite receiver while the USR 1 is
set to control the VCR, first press the VID1/VCR
Device Selector button and the Mute button
at the same time. Next, release them and press
the Volume Down button, followed by the
VID2/TV Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Channel Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
19 CHANNEL CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Operating Products With the USR 1
Transport Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Transport Control Functions (Play, Stop,
Fast Forward, Rewind, Pause and Record) for
a VCR, DVD or CD will operate in conjunction
with one of the other devices controlled by the
remote. For example, while using and controlling
the TV, you may wish to start or stop your VCR
or DVD without having to change the device
selected. To program the remote for Transport
Control Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector for the device
with which you wish to have the Channel
Control associated and the Mute button
at the same time until the red light appears
under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
Reassigning Device Control
Selectors
Although each Device Selector is normally
assigned to the category of product shown on
the remote, it is possible to reassign one of these
buttons to operate a second device of another
type. For example, if you have two VCRs but no
satellite receiver, you may program the “SAT”
button to operate a second VCR. Before following
the normal programming steps for either ThreeDigit entry or Auto Search code entry, you must
first reassign the button with the following steps:
1. Press the Device Selector you wish to
reassign and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under the
Device Selector and the Program LED
flashes amber.
2. Press the Play button. The Program LED will
stop flashing and stay amber.
2. Press the Device Selector for the device you
wish to program into the reassigned button.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the product whose transport mechanism will be controlled. The Program LED
will blink green three times and then go out
to confirm the data entry.
3. Program the remote with the code for your
product using either the Direct Code Entry
or Auto Search method of determining the
correct code.
Example: To control the transport of a DVD
player while the remote is set to control the
TV, first press the VID2/TV Device Selector
button and the Mute button at the same time.
Next, release them and press the Play button,
followed by the DVD Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Transport Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
4. Press the same Device Selector pressed
in Step 1 once again to store the selection.
The red LED under the reassigned Device
Selector will flash three times and then
go out.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Resetting the Remote Memory
As you add components to your home theater
system, occasionally you may wish to totally
reprogram the remote control without the
confusion of any commands, macros or “PunchThrough” programming that you may have done.
To do this, it is possible to reset the remote to the
original factory defaults and command codes by
following these steps. Note, however, that once
the remote is reset, all commands or codes that
you have entered will be erased and will need to
be re-entered:
1. Press any of the Device Selector buttons
and the “O” button at the same time until
the Program LED begins to flash amber.
2. Press the “3” button three times.
3. The red LED under the Device Selector
will go out and the Program LED will stop
flashing and turn green.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
remote has been reset to the factory settings.
Example: To use the CBL/SAT button to operate a second VCR, first press the CBL/SAT
Device Selector and the Mute button at the
same time until the red light glows under the
CBL/SAT button. Press the VCR button, followed
by the three-digit code for the specific model
you wish to control. Finally, press the CBL/SAT
button again.
21 REASSIGNING SELECTORS
Occasionally, a remote control will get lost
between the cushions of a couch, placed upside
down, or otherwise stored so that the buttons
are pressed. If the unit were to stay this way for
an extended period, the batteries would drain
until they are exhausted. To prevent this, the
USR 1 has a “Couch Function” that recognizes
when a button is held down for more than 30
seconds. In that case, an LED will begin to blink
red under the last Device Selector button that
was used. The LED will blink for 30 seconds
to draw your attention to the stuck button or
incorrect positioning of the remote. When the
LED stops blinking and goes out, the remote will
stop transmitting any codes until the stuck button
is released or the unit is picked up so that no
buttons are pressed. This preserves battery life
and extends the life of the remote.
Troubleshooting Guide
Symptom
4. The Program LED will remain green until
the remote is reset. Note that this may take
a while, depending on how many commands
are in the memory and need to be erased.
Cause
Solution
Product does Weak batteries
not respond in remote.
to remote
commands. Wrong device
selected.
Remote sensor
is obscured.
NOTE: Before programming the remote for
Volume, Channel or Transport Punch-Through,
make certain that you have finished programming
the remote codes needed for the specific TV, CD,
DVD, cable or satellite receiver.
20 TRANSPORT CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Couch Function
22 RESETTING REMOTE MEMORY
Replace remote
batteries.
Press the
Device
Selector
corresponding
to the product
you wish to
control.
Make certain
the product’s
front panel
sensor is visible
to the USR 1,
or connect an
outboard IR
sensor to the
product’s
remote IR
input jack
(if available).
23 TROUBLESHOOTING
Function List
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
Function List
AVR/AUDIO
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR POWER ON
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
VID1
VID2
VID3
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL UP
SURR
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CHANNEL (LEVEL)
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER
<
SET
>
DIGITAL
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1~M4
REWIND
CD/CDR
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
TAPE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
INPUT SELECT
CDP SELECT
VOL UP
CDR SELECT
TV/DVD
VOL UP
SUBTITLE ON/OFF
SUB ON/OFF
VOL DOWN
TITLE
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
OPEN/CLOSE
DOWN
RETURN
0~9
CHAPTER
AUDIO
NEXT. CHAP
ANGLE
CLEAR
SLOW+
PREV. CHAP
VOL DOWN
INTRO SCAN
OPEN/CLOSE
0~9
REPEAT
TIME
TRACK DIRECT
RANDOM PLAY
CLEAR
+10
TRACK INCREMENT
PROGRAM
DISK SKIP
M1~M4
R. SEARCH
PLAY
F. SEARCH
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
DVD
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
M1~M4
REW
REV PLAY/FWD PLAY
FF
REC/PAUSE
STOP
DISC SKIP
SLOW –
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
Function List – Harman Kardon
NO.
BUTTON NAME
TV
VCR
CBL
SAT
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/CBL
VOL UP
CH –
TV/SAT
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
VOL DOWN
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
SLEEP
CANCEL
PPV
FAV
BYPASS
MUSIC
CANCEL
FAV
NEXT
ALT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
0~9
CLEAR
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
M1~M4
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
REC
STOP
PAUSE
SCAN –
SCAN +
M1~M4
DAY –
M1~M4
DAY+
PAGE –
PAGE +
AVR 85
(CODE 002)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE /PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
Operating Products With the USR 1
and DVD functions, the standard function icons
are printed on top of the buttons.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Volume Punch-Through
PROGRAM LED
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate
the Volume Control and Mute functions of
either the TV or an AV receiver or processor in
conjunction with any of the devices controlled
by the remote. For example, since the receiver
or processor will likely be used as the sound
system for TV viewing, you may wish to have
its volume activated, although the remote is set
to run the TV. Either the receiver/processor or TV
volume control may be associated with any of
the remote’s devices. To program the remote for
Volume Punch-Through, follow these steps:
For some products, however, the function of a
particular button does not follow the command
printed on the remote. In order to see which
function a button controls, consult the Function
List tables, then check the type of device being
controlled (e.g., TV, VCR). Next, look at the
remote control diagram pictured at right. Note
that each button has a number on it.
There are two kinds of tables in this manual
that show the functions of the USR 1’s buttons.
One is specific to Harman Kardon products. It
identifies the specific function of each button
for certain Harman Kardon receivers and
systems. For your convenience, the code
used to program the USR 1 for each of those
products is also shown. The other kind of table
contains the generic function list for all other
products. For example, the button shown on
the diagram as number 49 is labeled as the
OSD button, and it performs that function
on newer Harman Kardon AVR products.
However, as shown in the table, that button
is the Surround Wrap button if you own an
AVR 40 and program the USR 1 using code
003. Using the generic Function List, you will
see that button 49 also acts as the OSD button
for most video products.
1. Press the Device Selector for the unit you
wish to have associated with the Volume
Control and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under
the Device Selector, and note that the
Program LED will flash amber.
2. Press the Volume Up button and note
that the Program LED will stop flashing
and stay amber.
3. Press either the AVR Selector or the
Device Selector, depending on which
system’s Volume Control you wish to have
attached for the Punch-Through mode. The
Program LED will blink green three times
and then go out to confirm the data entry.
Notes on Using the USR 1 With Other
Devices.
Manufacturers may use different code sets for
the same product category. For that reason,
it is important that you check to see whether
the code set you have entered operates as many
controls as possible. If it appears that only a few
functions operate, check to see whether another
code set will work with more buttons. Once
you have selected the best code set, you can
program in additional individual buttons, as
described above.
15 OPERATING PRODUCTS
Operating Products With the USR 1
Example: To have the AVR’s volume control
activated even though the remote is set to
control the TV, first press the VID2/TV Device
Selector and the Mute button at the same
time. Next, press the Volume Up button,
followed by the AVR Device Selector.
NOTE: Should you wish to return the remote to
the original configuration after entering a Volume
Punch-Through, you will need to repeat the steps
shown above. However, press the same Device
Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
16 OPERATING PRODUCTS
17 OPERATING PRODUCTS
18 VOLUME PUNCH-THROUGH
Channel Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Channel Control function for either the
TV, cable or satellite receiver used in your system
may be used in conjunction with one of the other
devices controlled by the remote. For example,
while using and controlling the VCR, you may
wish to change channels on a cable box or
satellite receiver without having to change the
device selected by the receiver or the remote.
To program the remote for Channel Control
Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector button for the
device with which you wish to have the
Channel Control associated and the Mute
button at the same time until the red light
appears under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
2. Press the Volume Down button. The
Program LED will stop flashing and
stay amber.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the device that will be used to change
the channels. The Program LED will blink
green three times and then go out to confirm
the data entry.
Example: To control the channels using your
cable box or satellite receiver while the USR 1 is
set to control the VCR, first press the VID1/VCR
Device Selector button and the Mute button
at the same time. Next, release them and press
the Volume Down button, followed by the
VID2/TV Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Channel Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
19 CHANNEL CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Operating Products With the USR 1
Transport Control Punch-Through
The USR 1 may be programmed to operate so
that the Transport Control Functions (Play, Stop,
Fast Forward, Rewind, Pause and Record) for
a VCR, DVD or CD will operate in conjunction
with one of the other devices controlled by the
remote. For example, while using and controlling
the TV, you may wish to start or stop your VCR
or DVD without having to change the device
selected. To program the remote for Transport
Control Punch-Through, follow these steps:
1. Press the Device Selector for the device
with which you wish to have the Channel
Control associated and the Mute button
at the same time until the red light appears
under the Device Selector and the
Program LED flashes amber.
Reassigning Device Control
Selectors
Although each Device Selector is normally
assigned to the category of product shown on
the remote, it is possible to reassign one of these
buttons to operate a second device of another
type. For example, if you have two VCRs but no
satellite receiver, you may program the “SAT”
button to operate a second VCR. Before following
the normal programming steps for either ThreeDigit entry or Auto Search code entry, you must
first reassign the button with the following steps:
1. Press the Device Selector you wish to
reassign and the Mute button at the same
time until the red light appears under the
Device Selector and the Program LED
flashes amber.
2. Press the Play button. The Program LED will
stop flashing and stay amber.
2. Press the Device Selector for the device you
wish to program into the reassigned button.
3. Press and release the Device Selector button for the product whose transport mechanism will be controlled. The Program LED
will blink green three times and then go out
to confirm the data entry.
3. Program the remote with the code for your
product using either the Direct Code Entry
or Auto Search method of determining the
correct code.
Example: To control the transport of a DVD
player while the remote is set to control the
TV, first press the VID2/TV Device Selector
button and the Mute button at the same time.
Next, release them and press the Play button,
followed by the DVD Device Selector button.
NOTE: To remove the Transport Control PunchThrough and return the remote to its original
configuration, repeat the steps shown in the
example above. However, press the same
Device Selector in Steps 1 and 3.
4. Press the same Device Selector pressed
in Step 1 once again to store the selection.
The red LED under the reassigned Device
Selector will flash three times and then
go out.
Operating Products With the USR 1
Resetting the Remote Memory
As you add components to your home theater
system, occasionally you may wish to totally
reprogram the remote control without the
confusion of any commands, macros or “PunchThrough” programming that you may have done.
To do this, it is possible to reset the remote to the
original factory defaults and command codes by
following these steps. Note, however, that once
the remote is reset, all commands or codes that
you have entered will be erased and will need to
be re-entered:
1. Press any of the Device Selector buttons
and the “O” button at the same time until
the Program LED begins to flash amber.
2. Press the “3” button three times.
3. The red LED under the Device Selector
will go out and the Program LED will stop
flashing and turn green.
5. When the Program LED goes out, the
remote has been reset to the factory settings.
Example: To use the CBL/SAT button to operate a second VCR, first press the CBL/SAT
Device Selector and the Mute button at the
same time until the red light glows under the
CBL/SAT button. Press the VCR button, followed
by the three-digit code for the specific model
you wish to control. Finally, press the CBL/SAT
button again.
21 REASSIGNING SELECTORS
Occasionally, a remote control will get lost
between the cushions of a couch, placed upside
down, or otherwise stored so that the buttons
are pressed. If the unit were to stay this way for
an extended period, the batteries would drain
until they are exhausted. To prevent this, the
USR 1 has a “Couch Function” that recognizes
when a button is held down for more than 30
seconds. In that case, an LED will begin to blink
red under the last Device Selector button that
was used. The LED will blink for 30 seconds
to draw your attention to the stuck button or
incorrect positioning of the remote. When the
LED stops blinking and goes out, the remote will
stop transmitting any codes until the stuck button
is released or the unit is picked up so that no
buttons are pressed. This preserves battery life
and extends the life of the remote.
Troubleshooting Guide
Symptom
4. The Program LED will remain green until
the remote is reset. Note that this may take
a while, depending on how many commands
are in the memory and need to be erased.
Cause
Solution
Product does Weak batteries
not respond in remote.
to remote
commands. Wrong device
selected.
Remote sensor
is obscured.
NOTE: Before programming the remote for
Volume, Channel or Transport Punch-Through,
make certain that you have finished programming
the remote codes needed for the specific TV, CD,
DVD, cable or satellite receiver.
20 TRANSPORT CONTROL PUNCH-THROUGH
Couch Function
22 RESETTING REMOTE MEMORY
Replace remote
batteries.
Press the
Device
Selector
corresponding
to the product
you wish to
control.
Make certain
the product’s
front panel
sensor is visible
to the USR 1,
or connect an
outboard IR
sensor to the
product’s
remote IR
input jack
(if available).
23 TROUBLESHOOTING
Function List
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
Function List
AVR/AUDIO
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR POWER ON
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
DEVICE SEL
VID1
VID2
VID3
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL UP
SURR
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CHANNEL (LEVEL)
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER
<
SET
>
DIGITAL
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1~M4
REWIND
CD/CDR
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
TAPE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
INPUT SELECT
CDP SELECT
VOL UP
CDR SELECT
TV/DVD
VOL UP
SUBTITLE ON/OFF
SUB ON/OFF
VOL DOWN
TITLE
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
OPEN/CLOSE
DOWN
RETURN
0~9
CHAPTER
AUDIO
NEXT. CHAP
ANGLE
CLEAR
SLOW+
PREV. CHAP
VOL DOWN
INTRO SCAN
OPEN/CLOSE
0~9
REPEAT
TIME
TRACK DIRECT
RANDOM PLAY
CLEAR
+10
TRACK INCREMENT
PROGRAM
DISK SKIP
M1~M4
R. SEARCH
PLAY
F. SEARCH
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
DVD
(CODE 001)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
M1~M4
REW
REV PLAY/FWD PLAY
FF
REC/PAUSE
STOP
DISC SKIP
SLOW –
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP –
SKIP +
Function List – Harman Kardon
NO.
BUTTON NAME
TV
VCR
CBL
SAT
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32~39, 41~42
40
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52~55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
0~9
TUN-M
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
MACRO
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
CH +
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/VCR
VOL UP
CH –
TV/CBL
VOL UP
CH –
TV/SAT
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
VOL DOWN
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
VOL DOWN
INFO
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
DOWN
PREV. CH
0~9
SLEEP
CANCEL
PPV
FAV
BYPASS
MUSIC
CANCEL
FAV
NEXT
ALT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
0~9
CLEAR
OSD
OSD
OSD
OSD
M1~M4
M1~M4
REW
PLAY
FF
REC
STOP
PAUSE
SCAN –
SCAN +
M1~M4
DAY –
M1~M4
DAY+
PAGE –
PAGE +
AVR 85
(CODE 002)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE /PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 40RC
(CODE 003)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
POWER
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO1
VIDEO2
VIDEO3
AM/FM
SLEEP
SELECT +
SURROUND
SELECT –
LEVEL +
CALIBRATE
SPKRS_L
SPKRS_R
CENTER BOOST
LEVEL –
SEARCH +
DISPLAY
SURROUND WRAP +
PRESET/DISC SKIP +
SEARCH –
SURROUND WRAP –
SCAN
PRESET/DISC SKIP –
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 500
(CODE 004)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1
VID2
D-SKIP/VID3
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
AVR 75
(CODE 005)
MAIN POWER ON
MAIN POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
VID3
AM/FM
6 CH.
CH +/SLEEP
TEST
AM/FM
AC-3
SLEEP
TEST TONE
VOL +
CH – /SURR.
NIGHT/REC/PAUSE
MULTI-ROOM /STOP
VOL –
GUIDE/CH.
UP
MENU/SPKR
LEFT
SET
RIGHT
EXIT/DIGITAL
DOWN
PREV.CH./DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
DIRECT
9
0
CLEAR
TUNING UP
TUN-M
MEMORY
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
VOLUME +
OPT
NIGHT
MULTI
VOLUME –
CH SELECT
UP
HALL
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
REPLAY/FM MODE
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
MOVIE
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
STEREO
TUNE/SEARCH +
DISPLAY
*/MEMO
PRESET DISC +
TUNE/SEARCH –
OSD
#/P-SCAN
PRESET DISC –
PRESET DOWN
DOLBY P/L
PLAY/AF
DOLBY 3 ST
MATRIX
STOP/RDS DISP.
REC/PAUSE/PTY
SKIP –
SKIP +
AVR 30 H.T. CONTROLLER
(CODE 006)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CH +
VOL UP
CH –
VOL DOWN
UP/ON SCREEN
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DOWN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
SHIFT
R_LEV UP
R_LEV DOWN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
FESTIVAL 500
(CODE 007)
POWER
POWER
AVR
CD
TAPE
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
FESTIVAL 60
(CODE 008)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
FESTIVAL 80
(CODE 009)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AVR 10
(CODE 010)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
CD
CD
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
TV
TUNER
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
TUNER
TUNER
TUNER
SLEEP
SLEEP
SLEEP
TEST
VOL +
VOL +
SURROUND
SURROUND CENTER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL –
VOL –
MASTER VOLUME –
SELECT +
UP
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
SELECT –
DOWN
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
SKIP +
SKIP –
SEARCH +
TUNING –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 20II
(CODE 011)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AVR30
(CODE 012)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
AVR
AM
CD
TAPE1
VCR1
VCR2
SAT
Function List – Harman Kardon Products
HK 3250
(CODE 013)
STANDBY
STANDBY
MUTE
AVR
HK 3400
(CODE 014)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
CD
TAPE MON
VCR1
VCR2
CD
TAPE1
VIDEO
TUNER
PHONO
SLEEP
TEST
TUNER
FM
THEATER
TEST
TUNER
MASTER VOLUME +
3 STEREO
PRO LOGIC
VOL +
SEARCH +
TUNING –
VOLUME +
SIM. SURR
PRO LOGIC
HALL
VOLUME –
CLUB
UP
CENTER
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
STADIUM
DOWN
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MOVIE
VDP
VCP
PHONO
TUNE +
DIRECT
SHIFT
EFFECTS +
TUNE –
P SCAN
SEARCH –
SEEK
EFFECTS –
MASTER VOLUME –
CENTER LEVEL +
CENT MODE
REAR LEVEL –
REAR LEVEL +
CENTER LEVEL –
DELAY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
AVR
FM/AM
TUNER
SLEEP
VOL –
VOLUME +
VOLUME –
SEEK-ST
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
9
0
TUNING +
DISPLAY
TUNING +
TUNING –
TUNING –
P SCAN
P. SCAN
NO.
BUTTON NAME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
AVR
DVD
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
VID4
LEARN
AM/FM
6CH
SLEEP/CH+
TEST TONE
TV/VCR
VOL UP
SURR/CH–
NIGHT
MULTI-ROOM
VOL DOWN
CH./GUIDE
LEVEL+/UP
SPEAKER/MENU
LEFT <
SET
RIGHT >
DIGITAL/EXIT
LEVEL–/DOWN
DELAY/PREV. CH
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
TUN-M
9
0
MEMORY
TUNING UP
DIRECT
CLEAR
PRESET UP
TUNING DOWN
OSD
D. SKIP
PRESET DOWN
M1
M2
M3
M4
‹‹
PLAY (‹ ›)
››
RECORD
STOP
PAUSE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
AVR 80II
(CODE 015)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
AM/FM
6CH
CH/SKIP +
SIGNATURE 2.0
(CODE 016)
POWER ON
POWER OFF
MUTE
SIGNATURE
DVD/TV
CD
TAPE
VID1 (VCR)
VID2 (TV)
VID3 (CBL/SAT)
SIMUL
TUNER
AUX
Setup Code Table: Harman Kardon Products
AVR 70II
(CODE 017)
SOURCE POWER ON
SOURCE POWER OFF
MUTE
AUX
CD
TAPE1
VID1
VID2
CH/SKIP +
VOL UP
SURR
STEREO
VOL DOWN
MOVIES
UP
MENU
LEFT
ENTER
RIGHT
DISPLAY
DOWN
MUSIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MONO +
9
0
STORE
CENTER
TYPE
PRESETS
SUB
TREBLE
RDS
DISC/TRACK
BASS
SIBILANT FILTER
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
MAIN OFF
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH –
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
SEARCH +
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
VDP
S-VIDE0 2
S-VIDEO 1
VCR
AUX 1
AUX 2
AM/FM
BALANCE
VOLUME +
CH/SKIP –
3ST
STEREO
VOLUME –
MOVIE
UP
SPEAKER
LEFT
SELECT
RIGHT
MATRIX
DOWN
DELAY
1/ABC
2/DEF
3/GHI
4/JKL
5/MNO
6/PQR
7/STU
8/VWX
SCREEN
9/YZ
0/CLEAR
THX
MAIN OFF
MONO
*/MEMO
P/L
MAIN ON
DISPLAY
#/P-SCAN
AVP 1A
(CODE 019)
POWER
POWER
MUTE
SKIP DOWN
SKIP UP
ADJUST –
ADJUST +
MASTER LEVEL UP
MASTER LEVEL DOWN
CENTER ON
BACK
CENTER BOOST
PAN DOWN
REF
PAN UP
HI-FREQ EQ
LEVEL
CENTER
ROCK
POPULAR
JAZZ
CHAMBER
ORCH
MOVIE 70MM WIDE
MOVIE 70MM
THX
PRO LOGIC
MONO ENHANCE
DELAY UP
BY PASS
DELAY DOWN
MODEL
AVR/AUDIO CODE
CD CODE
Setup Code Table: TV
DVD CODE
TAPE CODE
AVR 110, AVR 210, AVR 310, AVR 510, AVR 7000
001
001
001
001
AVR 55, AVR 85
002
226
066
002
AVR 40
003
227
003
AVR 5, AVR 35, AVR 45, AVR 65,
AVR 100, AVR 300, AVR 500
004
228
067
004
AVR 75
005
229
068
006
AVR 30 HOME THEATER CONTROLLER
006
234
005
FESTIVAL 300, FESTIVAL 500
007
230
007
FESTIVAL 60
008
231
FESTIVAL 80
009
232
AVR 10
010
233
008
AVR 20, AVR 20MKII, AVR 25, AVR 25MKII,
AVI 200, AVI 200MKII, PT 2500, TU 930
011
235
009
AVR 30 SYSTEM REMOTE, AVR 15, HK 3600,
PT2300, TU 9600
012
010
HK 3250, HK 3270, HK 3370, HK 3470
013
236
011
HK 3400, HK 3500, HK 3350, HK 3450, HK 3550
014
237
012
AVR 80, AVR 80MKII
015
238
013
SIGNATURE 2.0
016
239
014
AVR 70, AVR 70MKII
017
240
015
AVP 1A, AVP 1, AVP 2, AVP 2A
019
HD 710, HD 720, HD 7125, HD 7225, HD 7325
221
FL 8300
222
FL 8400, FL 8450
223
FL 8350, FL 8550, FL 8370, FL 8380
001
HK 400, HK 800
224
TL 8500, TL 8600
225
HD 7600
054
DC 520
001
TD 420*
009
DC 5300*, DC 5500, DC 5700, TD 4200*,
TD 4400*, TD 4500, TD 4600, TD 4800
010
DVD 5
067
DVD 50
001
CDR 2, CDR 20, CDR 30
001
* THESE TAPE DECKS ARE REMOTE-CONTROLLABLE ONLY WHEN CONNECTED TO ANOTHER HARMAN KARDON PRODUCT USING THE REAR-PANEL REMOTE
INPUT JACK.
Setup Code Table: TV (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
A MARK
ADMIRAL
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
AOC
BLAUPUNKT
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CAPEHART
CENTURION
CENTRONIC
CITIZEN
CLASSIC
CONCERTO
CONTEC
CORANDO
CORONADO
CRAIG
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
CXC
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DIGI LINK
DYNASTY
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FISHER
FUNAI
FUTURETECH
GE
GOLDSTAR
GRUNDIG
HALL MARK
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INFINITY
INKEL
JBL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KAWASHO
KEC
KENWOOD
KLOSS
KMC
KTV
LLOYTRON
LODGENET
LOGIK
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MATSUI
MEMOREX
METZ
MGA
103
192
001
070
053
045
001
084
205
001
059
170
045
001
045
011
041
172
132
045
045
001
045
011
107
200
045
063
074
001
013
033
045
001
011
193
107
201
001
148
120
148
001
019
038
173
045
001
002
132
001
172
069
069
011
013
001
001
148
013
084
001
MIDLAND
MINERVA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NIKEI
ONKING
ONWA
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENNEY
PHILCO
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PROSCAN
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RUNCO
SAA
SAMPO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SIEMENS
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
SPECTRICON
SSS
SUPREMACY
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TATUNG
TECHNICS
TECHWOOD
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
TELERENT
TERA
THOMSON
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNIVERSAL
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDTECH
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
YUPITERU
ZENITH
ZONDA
199
084
001
175
021
177
001
045
045
045
025
207
038
199
001
001
001
011
133
059
038
025
001
013
152
183
001
051
013
033
011
011
084
069
043
003
103
011
002
001
184
077
057
080
011
001
039
069
156
190
011
013
132
014
160
011
011
001
107
045
069
103
132
160
164
055 057 076 095 099 103 106 109 112 122
011 103
206
002 003 011
171
002 003 011 045 092 094 132
045 051 052
055 157 158 159
132
092 107 132
022 023 038 045 046 056 068 073 094 098 102 105 108 111 114 116 118 119 127 132
132
132
012 033 045 048 049 051 052 091 107 132 137 139 141 157 158 162 205
058
045
014 015 038 057 070 071 107 121 133 141 145 163 199
093 097 101 103 104 107 110 113 118 128 132
011 015 016 017 018 029 043 072 132 144 147
011 014 015 030 035 092 132 145
040 079 134
204
060
045 132 162
173
021 053 077 145 148
003 011 060 061 062 064 065 118 132 145 148
074 148
069 107
011 033 044 050 074 107
011 030 033 042 044 100 107 115 154 160 167 168
176
031
178 179 180 181 182
013 022 025 030 042 057 121 123 125
077
208 209 210 211
057 076 087 148 169
003 011 030 045 057 060 061 064 065 118 132 148
003 011 040 060 067 088 132 145 148
024 029 031 032 107 213 214
132
107
057
045
011
025
153
122
087
048
029
045
132 165
107 118 132 195 196 197 198
030 057 071 133 145 161 163 199
048 195 196 197
059
085
026
045
013
020
107
092
027
049
021
025
096
037
107
033
028
104
041
132
035
033
107 118 124 128 132 145
054 058 078
058 078 092 107 132 145
034 077 132 154
067 075 117 130 136 194 212
033 045 107
045
003 011 060 061 064 065 107 118 131 145 148
063
002 003 011 030 033 036 045 069 074 092 094 132
047 083
191
107
021 035 042 052 063 092 129 202
015
107
014 015 025 033 061 062 064 065 069 071 107 132 148
011
070 090 094
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1
Setup Code Table: VCR
Setup Code Table: VCR (continued)
Setup Code Table: SAT
Setup Code Table: Cable
Setup Code Table: Cable (continued)
Setup Code Table: CD
Setup Code Table: CD (continued)
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
AIWA
AKAI
AMPRO
AMSTRAD
ANAM
ASA
AUDIO DYNAMICS
BROKSONIC
CANDLE
CANON
CAPEHART
CITIZEN
CRAIG
CURTIS MATHES
DAEWOO
DAYTRON
DBX
DUAL
DYNATECH
ELECTROHOME
EMERSON
FERGUSON
FINLUX
FISHER
FUNAI
GE
GO VIDEO
GOLDSTAR
GRAETZ
HARMAN KARDON
HITACHI
INSTANT REPLAY
ITT
JCL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
LLOYD
LXI
MAGIN
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MARTA
MATSUI
MEI
MEMOREX
MGA
MINOLTA
MITSUBISHI
MTC
MULTITECH
NAD
NATIONAL
NEC
NORDMENDE
OPTIMUS
OPTONICA
ORION
PANASONIC
PENTAX
PHILCO
040
022
076
133
037
134
018
041
134
034
094
134
003
037
012
094
018
136
040
063
013
136
133
003
040
037
113
018
136
018
011
037
136
037
018
048
018
020
040
019
045
037
018
087
033
037
003
049
019
019
133
030
139
140
018
048
159
057
147
070
019
037
PHILIPS
PILOT
PIONEER
PORTLAND
PULSAR
QUARTZ
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
REALISTIC
RICO
RUNCO
SABA
SAISHO
SALORA
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCHAUB LORENZ
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHINTOM
SONY
SOUNDESIGN
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TANDY
TASHICO
TATUNG
TEAC
TECHNICS
TEKNIKA
TELEFUNKEN
THOMAS
THOMSON
THORN
TMK
TOSHIBA
TOTEVISION
UNITECH
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
VIDEO CONCEPTS
VIDEOSONIC
WARDS
YAMAHA
ZENITH
037
087
019
094
076
001
039
133
019
003
062
128
136
143
020
038
028
003
136
023
003
037
030
002
040
019
037
040
017
134
044
040
037
025
136
040
136
136
013
015
045
045
018
052
018
045
003
018
040
ALPHASTAR
ALPHASTAR DBS
ALPHASTAR DSR
AMPLICA
BIRDVIEW
BSR
CAPETRONICS
CHANNEL MASTER
CHAPARRAL
CITOH
CURTIS MATHES
DRAKE
DX ANTENNA
ECHOSTAR
ELECTRO HOME
EUROPLUS
FUJITSU
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
HITACHI DBS
HOUSTON TRACKER
HUGHES
HYTEK
JANIEL
JERROLD
KATHREIN
LEGEND
LUXOR
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
NEXTWAVE
NORSAT
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PANASONIC DBS
PANSAT
PERSONAL CABLE
PHILIPS
PICO
PRESIDENT
PRIMESTAR
RCA
REALISTIC
SAMSUNG
SATELLITE SERVICE CO
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SONY
STAR CHOICE DBS
STARCAST
SUPER GUIDE
TEECOM
TOSHIBA
UNIDEN
ZENITH
472
450
422
356
414
359
359
320
315
360
356
312
331
364
392
415
324
303
455
463
372
359
366
367
410
453
368
317
461
453
423
373
466
366
457
420
418
375
407
326
412
301
349
422
335
339
405
459
347
327
330
302
323
385
ABC
ALLEGRO
AMERICAST
ANTRONIX
ARCHER
BELCOR
CABLE STAR
CENTURION
CENTURY
CITIZEN
COLOUR VOICE
COMBANO
COMTRONICS
DIAMOND
DIGI
EAGLE
EASTERN
ELECTRICORD
EMERSON
FOCUS
G.I.
GC ELECTRONICS
GE
GEMINI
GENERAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT
GOLDEN CHANNEL
GOODMIND
HAMLIN
HITACHI
HOSPITALITY
JASCO
JERROLD
LINDSAY
M-NET
MACOM
MAGNAVOX
MEMOREX
MOVIE TIME
NSC
OAK
PACE
PANASONIC
PANTHER
PARAGON
PHILIPS
PIONEER
POPULAR MECHANICS
POST NEWS WEEK
PRELUDE
PRIMESTAR
PTS
PULSAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RECOTON
REGAL
REGENCY
REMBRANT
SAMSUNG
SCIENTIFIC ATLANTA
SEAM
001
111
212
021
012
113
033
092
014
014
069
083
026
030
114
027
063
039
112
116
001
113
076
015
210
168
037
112
055
001
074
111
001
118
043
040
017
058
035
022
023
179
050
114
058
013
001
116
023
120
162
018
058
111
053
116
055
063
032
037
003
121
SHERITECH
SIGNAL
SIGNATURE
SL MARX
SPRUCER
STARCOM
STARGATE
SYLVANIA
TADIRAN
TANDY
TELECAPATION
TEXSCAN
TFC
TIMELESS
TOCOM
TOSHIBA
UNIKA
UNITED CABLE
UNIVERSAL
VIDEOWAY
VIEWSTAR
ZENITH
ZENTEK
029
037
001
037
053
002
015
071
037
024
028
036
122
123
045
058
014
011
012
124
019
058
116
ADC
ADCOM
AIWA
AKAI
AUDIO TECHNICA
AUDIOACCESS
AUDIOFILE
BSR
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
CAPETRONIC
CARRERA
CARVER
CASIO
CLARINETTE
CROWN
CURTIS MATHES
DENON
EMERSON
FISHER
FRABA
FUNAI
GE
GENEXXA
GOLDSTAR
HAITAI
HARMAN KARDON
012
049
072
050
053
125
211
044
015
070
064
051
066
122
042
066
187
049
023
117
126
164
017
016
099
001
234
049
026
021
153
029
014
012
108
018
066
039
043
194
021
096
032
051
032
152
122
013
199
021
053
051
037
020
015
039
017
051
015
122
024
169
048 050 108 109 126
039 089
029
043
135
037
044 048
110 147 166
137
039 135 140
045 116
039
014 017 068 069 094 096 097 098 102 103 104
029 044 048
057
023 031 033 035 037 040 041 042 043 050 087 110 112 119
015 016 017
133
039 067 076 093 095 124 127
117
019 026 087 092 100 107
049
040 048 067 118 130
039
039
019 021 039 045 070 087
037 039 048 052 054 059 064 111 130 132
044 048 052
020 040 087
039 040 071 072
037 039 071 073
036
039
017 020 037 039 040 057 076 087 115 120
050 063
026
026 049 050 053 055 063 065 131 145 146
040
039 040 058 071 075 087
027 052
020
070
134
026
015
079
137
039
017
125
140
066
020
144
141 142 152 158 159 160 161
067 093 095 124 125 127 157 172
037 039 040 045 057 058 087 137 152 159 160
045 088 090 091 093 095 098 099 101 105 106 109
048 052 116 147 166
014 017 020 115
043 098 110 112
015 016 017 019 020 026 037 047 077 084 087
058 129 156
003 016 037 056 060 061 062 080 081 082 129
039 040 063 071
040
048
044 048
039
037 039 040 087
019 047 051 063 085 098 112 155
087
040 050
019 023 030 037 039 040 045 057 058 112
040 044 048
052 060 062 076 083 087
442
425
321 322 325 361
316 319 380 451
313 317 318 413 481
352 362 379 483
395 397 452 453 463 477 478 484 485
328 329 334
311 323 365 403 454 468 474
437
454 464 468
365 369 370 371
473
424
374
469
404
454
408
377
442
341
464 475
436 439 458 465
480
353 388
438
423
333
426
332
386
424
378
443
348
387
390
460
349
394
391 393 409
461 462 470
350 351 354 355 381 382 383 389 403 466 479 480
419
029 044 048 052
058
166
074 078 086 114 125 150 167 172
026 037 039 067
039 040 071
Setup Code Table: AVR/Audio
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015 016 017 019
003 011 045 048 052 059 110
014 021 031 112
113
111
090
084
037
037 046 186
066 070 115
003 011 015 017 093 095 096 097
188
081 177 189
011 015 016 163
037 120
071
046 062 170 205
021
059
014
211
022
065
031
021 031 033 034 039 042 113
025 086 087 088 089 190
098 125 211
029 032 060
Setup Code Table: DVD
056 061 099 100 101 117 175 207 208
061 188
080
002 003 011 015 016 017 073 093 095 096 097 162 167
191
019 068 082
039
035 044 075 190
038 043 059 094 196 197
053 176 177 189 214
019 020 027 069 085 090
041 057 079 119 171 200 209
054 075 076
112 213
214
056 061 099 100 101 207
115
072 186
018 047 048 049 051 052 110 183 184 203 204
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
APEX DIGITAL
CALIFORNIA AUDIO
DENON
GE
GOLDSTAR
HARMAN KARDON
JVC
KENWOOD
KLH
LG
LOTTE
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MITSUBISHI
NAD
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROCEED
PROSCAN
RCA
RUNCO
SAMSUNG
SANYO
SHARP
SONY
TECHNICS
THOMSON
TOSHIBA
YAMAHA
ZENITH
ZENITH DIVX
061
040
002
003
005
001
006
007
071
005
008
033
033
023
010
009
011
024
033
012
060
003
003
027
031
013
021
015
026
003
009
016
005
039
019 022 034 051
004
032 066 067 068 069
050 072
055 064
056
059
036
062
015 048
050
025 030 034 035 044 052
056
020 038 041 046 047 065
004 037
004 018 037
053 054
049
028 050
029 043 045 070
004
033 047 057 058
017 030 063
033 055 064
HITACHI
INKEL
JC PENNEY
JENSEN
JVC
KENWOOD
KYOCERA
LOTTE
LUXMAN
LXI
MAGNAVOX
MARANTZ
MCINTOSH
MCS
MEMOREX
MGA
MISSION
MITSUBISHI
MITSUMI
MODULAIRE
NAD
NAKAMICHI
NEC
NIKKO
NSM
ONKYO
OPTIMUS
PANASONIC
PHILIPS
PIONEER
PROTON
QUASAR
RADIO SHACK
RCA
RCX
063 069
111 118 156 170
177 184
064
109
087
057 136 140 141 143 144 145 185 186
117 122 166
166
188 213
052 093 108
055 057 068
096
087
214
002
235
093
027
066
108
025 040 054 190 218 219 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233
236 237 238 239 240
REALISTIC
ROTEL
SAE
SAMSUNG
SANSUI
SANYO
SCOTT
SEARS
SHARP
SHERWOOD
SIGNATURE
SONY
SOUNDSTREAM
STS
SYLVANIA
SYMPHONIC
TAEKWANG
TANDY
TEAC
TECHWOOD
THETA DIGITAL
TOSHIBA
VECTOR RESEARCH
VICTOR
WARDS
YAMAHA
YORK
049
051
051
028
047
033
108
066
020
003
040
060
124
012
051
059
177
096
011
083
039
013
087
029
040
019
122
056 057 058 093 095 104 105 108 164 166
051 081 134 157 172
057 068 082 095 168
058 073 105 114 151 159 167 180 181
026 027 041 058 105 133
103 115 116 118 132 139 163 205 206 207 208 212 217
110
022 048 058 085 086 106 107 110 121 137 146 154
074 097 151 155 173
120 130
095
031 053 061 135 169
166
Setup Code Table: Tape
216
098 147
176 195 196
020 023 030 062 078 079 148 151 176 178 181
MANUFACTURER/BRAND
SETUP CODE NUMBER
HARMAN KARDON
001 002 003 004 005 006 007 008 009 010 011 012 013 014 015
035 077 102
164
051 113
051 058 084 191 192 193
066 080 098
166
074 197 198
200 201
069
055
038
036
075
051
036
210
109
126
049
045
056
109
138
071
046
057
119
149
094
171
064
158
209
096
213
081 093 150
175 202 203
065 089 090 091 092 096 099 104 212
183 204
100 112 123 131 160 161 162 215
Harman Kardon, Festival and Signature are registered
trademarks, and Power for the Digital Revolution is a
trademark, of Harman Kardon, Inc.
Dolby and AC-3 are registered trademarks of
Dolby Laboratories.
THX is a registered trademark of Lucasfilm Ltd.
250 Crossways Park Drive, Woodbury, New York 11797
www.harmankardon.com
© 2001 Harman Kardon, Incorporated
Part No.: OMUSR 1